]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Recognize more format variation. Automatically reshow decrypted text.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21670 32331
69 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21670 32331
100 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21670 32331 885635
112 ;;;;;; 586000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21670 32330
242 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21670
841 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21696 56380 925320
900 ;;;;;; 624000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21670 32330 885624
955 ;;;;;; 725000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21670
982 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21670 32330 885624
1019 ;;;;;; 725000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21670 32330 885624
1041 ;;;;;; 725000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21670 32330 885624
1157 ;;;;;; 725000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21704 50495
1249 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21670
1484 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1569 ;;;;;; 725000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21673
1608 ;;;;;; 8506 69195 402000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21670 32330 885624
1660 ;;;;;; 725000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21670 32330 885624
1806 ;;;;;; 725000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21670 32331
1879 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21670 32330 885624
2127 ;;;;;; 725000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21710 2878
2321 ;;;;;; 794621 967000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21670 32331 385639
2678 ;;;;;; 720000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21696
2721 ;;;;;; 56380 925320 624000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2852 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2864 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2899
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2963 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21702 8774 274627
2974 ;;;;;; 813000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21670 32330
2986 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21670 32330 885624
3030 ;;;;;; 725000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21670
3048 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3050
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3053
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057 \f
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21670 32331
3059 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3061
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3064
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3067
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3070
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3072
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3076
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3078
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3081
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3090
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3092
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3096
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3098
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3101
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3105
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3110
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3112
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3116
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3118
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3121
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3124
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3128
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3131
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3134
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3138
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3148
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3154
3155 ;;;***
3156 \f
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21670 32331
3158 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3160
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3168
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3178
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3185
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3187
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3190
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3193
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3195
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3203
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3205
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3208
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3211
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3222
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3227
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3230
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3233
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3241
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3246
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3249
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3252
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3260
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3265
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3268
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3272
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3280
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3282
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3285
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3288
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3295
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3302
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3304
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3307
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3310
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3312
3313 ;;;***
3314 \f
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21670
3316 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3318
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3323
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3325
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3329
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3335
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3341
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3348
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3350
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3354
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3356
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3362
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3364
3365 ;;;***
3366 \f
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21670 32331
3368 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3373
3374 ;;;***
3375 \f
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21682 23484 726747
3377 ;;;;;; 991000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3379
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3382
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3387
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3389
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3392
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3398
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3400
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3402
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3405
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3410
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3417
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3422
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3426
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3428
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3430
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3432
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3436
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3441
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3443
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3447
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3451
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3453
3454 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3455 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3456 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3457 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3458 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3459 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3460 ;; last STATEMENT.
3461 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3462
3463 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3464 BREAK := (break)
3465
3466 REPEAT :=
3467 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3468 (repeat)
3469 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3473 ;; (read REG)
3474 ;; (repeat))
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3476 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3477 ;; (read REG)
3478 ;; (repeat))
3479 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3480
3481 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3482 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3483 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3486 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3488 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3489 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3490 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3491 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3492 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3493 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3494 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3495 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3496 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3497
3498 WRITE :=
3499 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3500 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; representation.
3502 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3503 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; (write r7))
3505 | (write EXPRESSION)
3506 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3507 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3508 ;; representation.
3509 | (write integer)
3510 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3511 ;; buffer.
3512 | (write string)
3513 ;; Same as: (write string)
3514 | string
3515 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3516 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3517 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3518 ;; representation.
3519 | (write REG ARRAY)
3520 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3521 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3522 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3523 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3524 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3525 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3526
3527 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3528 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3529
3530 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3531 END := (end)
3532
3533 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3534 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3535 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3536
3537 ARG := REG | integer
3538
3539 OPERATOR :=
3540 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3541 + | - | * | / | %
3542
3543 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3544 | & | `|' | ^
3545
3546 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3547 | << | >>
3548
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3551 | <8
3552
3553 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3555 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3556 | >8
3557
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3561 | //
3562
3563 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3565
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3567 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3570 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3571 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3572 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3573 | de-sjis
3574
3575 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3576 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3577 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3580 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3581 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3582 ;; byte of SJIS.
3583 | en-sjis
3584
3585 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3586 ;; Same meaning as C code
3587 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3588
3589 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3590 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3591 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3592 | <8=
3593
3594 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3596 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3597
3598 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3599 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3600 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3601 | //=
3602
3603 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3604
3605
3606 TRANSLATE :=
3607 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3608 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3609 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3610 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3611 ;; respectively.
3612 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3613 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3614 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3615 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3616
3617 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3618 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3619 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3620
3621 LOOKUP :=
3622 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3623 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3624 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3625 ;; respectively.
3626 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3627 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3628 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3629
3630 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3631 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3632 ;; REG.
3633 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3634 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3636
3637 MAP :=
3638 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3639 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3640 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3641 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3642
3643 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3644 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3645 MAP-ID := integer
3646
3647 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3648
3649 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3650
3651 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3652 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3654 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3656 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3657
3658 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3659
3660 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3661 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3662 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3663
3664 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3665
3666 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3667
3668 ;;;***
3669 \f
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21670 32330
3671 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3673
3674 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3675 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3676 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3677 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3678
3679 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3680
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3682
3683 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3684 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3685
3686 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3687
3688 ;;;***
3689 \f
3690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3691 ;;;;;; 725000))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3693 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3694
3695 ;;;***
3696 \f
3697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21695 35516
3698 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
3699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3700 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3701
3702 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3703 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3704 There are no special keybindings by default.
3705
3706 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3707 to the action header.
3708
3709 \(fn)" t nil)
3710
3711 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3714
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3717
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3719
3720 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3722
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3724
3725 ;;;***
3726 \f
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21679 47292
3728 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3730 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3731
3732 ;;;***
3733 \f
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3735 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3737
3738 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3739 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3740 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3741
3742 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3743
3744 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3745 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3746 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3747
3748 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21670
3753 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3764
3765 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3766
3767
3768 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3771
3772 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3773 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3774 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3775 the users will view as each check is completed.
3776
3777 \(fn)" t nil)
3778
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3780 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3781 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3782 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3783 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3784 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3785 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3786 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3787
3788 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3792 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3793 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3794 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3795 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3796 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3797 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3798
3799 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3800
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3802 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3803 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3804 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3805 spacing are all verified.
3806
3807 \(fn)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3811 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3812 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3813 otherwise stop after the first error.
3814
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3818 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3819 Only documentation strings are checked.
3820 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3821 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3822 a separate buffer.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3827 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3828 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3829 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3830 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3831
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3837 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3838 if there is one.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 if there is one.
3847 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3852 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3853 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3854
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3858 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3859 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3860 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3861 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3862
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3864
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3867 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3868 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3869 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3870 space at the end of each line.
3871
3872 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3873
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3876 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3878
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3885
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3892
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3899
3900 \(fn)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3906
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3908
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3913
3914 \(fn)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3920
3921 \(fn)" t nil)
3922
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3927
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3934
3935 \(fn)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3938 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3942
3943 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3944 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3945 checking of documentation strings.
3946
3947 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3948
3949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3950
3951 ;;;***
3952 \f
3953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
3954 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3956
3957 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3958 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3959 Return the length of resulting text.
3960
3961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3962
3963 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3964 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3965
3966 \(fn)" t nil)
3967
3968 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3971
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3973
3974 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3976
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3980
3981
3982 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3985
3986
3987 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3988
3989 ;;;***
3990 \f
3991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
3992 ;;;;;; 725000))
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3994
3995 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3996 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3997 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3998 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3999 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4000 editing and the result is evaluated.
4001
4002 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4003
4004 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4005 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4006 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4007 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4008 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4009
4010 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4011
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4013
4014 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4015 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4016 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4017 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4018 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4019
4020 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4021 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4022 \\{command-history-map}
4023
4024 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4025 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4026
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4028
4029 ;;;***
4030 \f
4031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21670
4032 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4034
4035 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4036 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4037 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4038 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4039 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4040 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4041 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4042 of this function.
4043
4044 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4045 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4046 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4047 property are:
4048
4049 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4050 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4051
4052 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4053 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4054 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4055 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4056 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4057 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4058 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4059 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4060 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4061 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4062 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4063 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4064
4065 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4066 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4067 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4068
4069 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4070 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4071 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4072 list elements are:
4073
4074 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4075
4076 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4077
4078 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4079
4080 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4081 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4082
4083 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4084 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4085
4086 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4087 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4088 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4089 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4090 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4091 value specified by their associated list element.
4092
4093 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4094
4095 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4096 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4097 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4098
4099 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4100 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4101 * indent the first argument by 4.
4102 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4103 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4104 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4105
4106 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4107 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4108 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4109 instead.
4110
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4112
4113 ;;;***
4114 \f
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21670 32330
4116 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4119
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4121
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4128
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4131
4132 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4133
4134 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4135
4136 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4137
4138 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4139
4140 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4141
4142 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4143
4144 ;;;***
4145 \f
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21670 32331
4147 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4149
4150 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4151 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4152 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4153 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4154
4155 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4156 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4157 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4158 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4159
4160 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4161 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4162
4163 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4164
4165 ;;;***
4166 \f
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21670 32330 885624
4168 ;;;;;; 725000))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4170
4171 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4172 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4173 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4174 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4175 of `scheme-program-name').
4176 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4177 it is given as initial input.
4178 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4179 discards input when it starts up.
4180 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4181 is run).
4182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4183
4184 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4185
4186 ;;;***
4187 \f
4188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4190
4191 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4192 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4193 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4194 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4195
4196 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4197 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4198
4199 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4200 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4201 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4202
4203 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4209
4210 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4211 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4212 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4213 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4214 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4215 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4216 functions have already modified the buffer.
4217
4218 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4219
4220 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4221 either globally or locally.")
4222
4223 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4225 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4226 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4227
4228 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4229 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4230 `start-file-process'
4231 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4232 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4233 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4234
4235 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4236 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4237
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4239
4240 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4241
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4243
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4253
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4255
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4257
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4259
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4266
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4268
4269 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4270
4271 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4272 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4273 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4274 directory tracking functions.")
4275
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4279
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4281
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4287
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4289
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to current process.
4294 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4295 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4296
4297 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4298
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303
4304 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305
4306 ;;;***
4307 \f
4308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21670 32331
4309 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4311
4312 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4313 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4314 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4315 to get another window.
4316
4317 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4318 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4319
4320 This command pushes the mark in each window
4321 at the prior location of point in that window.
4322 If both windows display the same buffer,
4323 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4324 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4325
4326 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4327 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4328 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4330 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4331 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4332 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4333 ignored.
4334
4335 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4336 this command work in interlaced mode:
4337 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4338 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4339 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4340
4341 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4342
4343 ;;;***
4344 \f
4345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21670 32331
4346 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4348
4349 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4350 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4351
4352 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4355 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4356 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4357
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4359
4360 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4361 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4362 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4363
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4365
4366 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4367 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4368 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4369 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4370 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4371
4372 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4373 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4374 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4375 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4376 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4377
4378 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4379 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4380 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4381 describing how the process finished.")
4382
4383 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4384 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4385 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4386 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4387 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4388
4389 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4390 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4391 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4392
4393 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4394
4395 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4396 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4397 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4398 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4399
4400 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4401
4402 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4403 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4404
4405 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4406 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4407
4408 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4409 (lambda ()
4410 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4411 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4412 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4413 (concat \"make -k \"
4414 (if buffer-file-name
4415 (shell-quote-argument
4416 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4417
4418 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4419 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4420
4421 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4422 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4423 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4424 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4425
4426 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4427
4428 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4429 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4430 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4431 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4432
4433 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4434 and move to the source code that caused it.
4435
4436 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4437 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4438
4439 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4440 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4441 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4442 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4443 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4444
4445 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4446 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4447 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4448 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4449
4450 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4451 kills its subprocesses.
4452
4453 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4454 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4455 to a function that generates a unique name.
4456
4457 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4458
4459 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4460 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4461 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4462 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4463
4464 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4465 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4466
4467 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4468 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4469 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4470 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4471
4472 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4473 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4474 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4475
4476 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4477
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4481 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4482 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4483 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4484 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4485
4486 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4487
4488 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4489
4490 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4491
4492 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4493
4494 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4495 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4497 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4498 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4499
4500 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4501 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4502 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4503 See `compilation-mode'.
4504
4505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4506
4507 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4510 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4511 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4512
4513 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4514 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4515 `compilation-mode'.
4516
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4518
4519 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4520 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4521 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4522
4523 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4524
4525 ;;;***
4526 \f
4527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21670 32330 885624
4528 ;;;;;; 725000))
4529 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4530
4531 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4532 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4533 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4536 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4537
4538 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4539
4540 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4541 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4543 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4544 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4545
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4547
4548 ;;;***
4549 \f
4550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21670
4551 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
4552 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4553
4554 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4555 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4556 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4557 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4558 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4559 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4560 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4561
4562 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4563 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4564 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4565
4566 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4567 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4568 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4569
4570 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4571 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4572 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4573 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4574
4575 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4576 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4577 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4578 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4579 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4580 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4581 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4582
4583 \\{conf-mode-map}
4584
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4586
4587 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4588 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4589 Comments start with `#'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4591
4592 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4593
4594 \[Desktop Entry]
4595 Encoding=UTF-8
4596 Name=The GIMP
4597 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4598 Name[cs]=GIMP
4599
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4601
4602 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4603 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4604 Comments start with `;'.
4605 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4606
4607 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4608
4609 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4610 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4611 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4612
4613 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4614 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4615
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4617
4618 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4620 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4621 between `/*' and `*/'.
4622 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4623
4624 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4625 // another kind of comment
4626 /* yet another */
4627
4628 name:value
4629 name=value
4630 name value
4631 x.1 =
4632 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4633 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4634
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4636
4637 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4639 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4640 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4641 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4642 `conf-space-keywords'.
4643 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4644 in an interactive fashion instead.
4645
4646 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4647
4648 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4649
4650 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4651 image/png png
4652 image/tiff tiff tif
4653
4654 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4655 class desktop
4656 # Standard multimedia devices
4657 add /dev/audio desktop
4658 add /dev/mixer desktop
4659
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4661
4662 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4663 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4664 See `conf-space-mode'.
4665
4666 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4667
4668 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4669 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4670 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4671 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4672
4673 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4674
4675 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4676 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4677
4678 \(fn)" t nil)
4679
4680 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4681 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4682 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4683 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4684
4685 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4686
4687 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4688 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4689
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4691
4692 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4694 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696
4697 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4698
4699 *background: gray99
4700 *foreground: black
4701
4702 \(fn)" t nil)
4703
4704 ;;;***
4705 \f
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4707 ;;;;;; 720000))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4709
4710 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4711 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4712 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4713 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4714 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4715 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4716
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4718
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4723
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4730
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732
4733 ;;;***
4734 \f
4735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21670
4736 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4738 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4739 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4740 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4741
4742 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4743 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4744 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4745 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4746 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4747 following the copyright are updated as well.
4748 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4749 interactively.
4750
4751 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4752
4753 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4754 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4755 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4756 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4757 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4758
4759 \(fn)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4762 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4767 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4768 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4769
4770 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4771
4772 ;;;***
4773 \f
4774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21670
4775 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4777 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4783 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4784
4785 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4786 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4788 Tab indents for Perl code.
4789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4791
4792 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4793 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4794 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4795 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4796 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4797 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4798 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4799 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4800 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4801 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4802 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4803 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4804
4805 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4806
4807 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4808 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4809
4810 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4811
4812 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4813 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4814 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4815 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4816 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4817 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4818 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4819 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4820 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4821
4822 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4823
4824 bite if angry;
4825
4826 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4827 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4828 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4829 to nil.)
4830
4831 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4832 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4833 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4834
4835 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4836
4837 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4838 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4839 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4840 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4841 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4842
4843 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4844
4845 if (A) { B }
4846
4847 into
4848
4849 B if A;
4850
4851 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4852
4853 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4854 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4855 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4856 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4857 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4858 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4859 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4860 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4861 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4862 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4863 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4864 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4865 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4866
4867 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4868 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4869 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4870 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4871 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4872 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4873
4874 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4875 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4876 man via menu.
4877
4878 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4879 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4880 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4881 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4882 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4883
4884 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4885 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4886 span the needed amount of lines.
4887
4888 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4889 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4890 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4891 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4892
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
4894 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4895 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4897 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4898 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4899 `cperl-auto-newline'
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4901 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4902 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4903 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4907 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4908 `cperl-indent-level'
4909 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4910 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4911 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4912 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4914 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4915 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4917 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4920 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4921 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4922 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4923 `cperl-label-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4925 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4926 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4927
4928 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4929 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4930 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4931 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4932 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4934
4935 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4936 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4937 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4938 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4939
4940 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4941 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4942 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4943 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4944 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4945 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4946 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4947
4948 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4949 column 0 is indented on
4950 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4951
4952 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4953 with no args.
4954
4955 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4956 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4957 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4958
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4963
4964 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4967 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4968
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4970
4971 ;;;***
4972 \f
4973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21670 32331 385639
4974 ;;;;;; 720000))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4976
4977 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4978 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4979 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4980 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4981 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4982
4983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4984
4985 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4986 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4987
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4989
4990 ;;;***
4991 \f
4992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21670 32330 885624
4993 ;;;;;; 725000))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4995
4996 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4997 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4998 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4999 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5000 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5001 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5002 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5003 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5004
5005 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5006 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5007
5008 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5009 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5010 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5011
5012 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5013 with empty strings removed.
5014
5015 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5016
5017 ;;;***
5018 \f
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21669 40225
5020 ;;;;;; 825176 608000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5022
5023 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5024 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5025
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5028
5029 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5030 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5031
5032 \(fn)" t nil)
5033
5034 ;;;***
5035 \f
5036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21670 32330
5037 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5039
5040 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5041 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5042 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5045 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5046
5047 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5050 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5052 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5053 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5054
5055 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5056 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5057 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5058 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5059 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5060 normal function of these prefix keys.
5061
5062 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5063 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5064 options:
5065 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5066 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5067 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5068
5069 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5070 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5071 the prefix fallback behavior.
5072
5073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5074
5075 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5076 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5077
5078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5083 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5087 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5088 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5089
5090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5091
5092 ;;;***
5093 \f
5094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21670 32330 885624
5095 ;;;;;; 725000))
5096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5097
5098 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5099 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5100
5101 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5102
5103 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5104 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5105
5106 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5107
5108 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5109 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5110
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5112
5113 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5114 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5115
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5118
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5121
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5123
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5125
5126 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5128 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5129
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5132
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5135
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5138
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5140
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5144 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5145 Return VALUE.
5146
5147 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5148 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5149
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5155
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5157
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5159
5160 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5161 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5162 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5163 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5164
5165 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5166 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5167 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5168
5169 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5172 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5173 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5174 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5175 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5176
5177 \(fn)" t nil)
5178
5179 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5180 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5181 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5182 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5183
5184 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5187 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5188 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5189
5190 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5193 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5194
5195 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5196
5197 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5198
5199 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5200 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5201
5202 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5203
5204 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5205
5206 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5207 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5208 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5209
5210 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5211
5212 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5213 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5214 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5215 as part of Emacs itself.
5216
5217 Each elements looks like this:
5218
5219 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5220
5221 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5222 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5223 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5224 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5225 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5226 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5227 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5228 and `defface'.
5229
5230 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5231
5232 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5233 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5234 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5235 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5236 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5237
5238 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5239 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5240 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5241 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5242
5243 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5247 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5248 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5249 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5250 release.
5251
5252 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5253 that were added or redefined since that version.
5254
5255 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5256
5257 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5259 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5260 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5261
5262 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5263
5264 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5265 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5266
5267 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5268
5269 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5270 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5271 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5272
5273 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5274 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5275
5276 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5277
5278 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5280
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5282
5283 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5285
5286 \(fn)" t nil)
5287
5288 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all saved options and faces.
5290
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5295 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5296 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5297 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5298 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5299
5300 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5301 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5302 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5303
5304 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5308
5309 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5313
5314 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5318
5319 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5320
5321 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5322 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5323 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5324 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5325
5326 \(fn)" nil nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5329 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5330 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5331 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5332 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5333 that option.
5334 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5335
5336 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5337
5338 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5339 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5340 The result includes selecting that window.
5341 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5342 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5343 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5344 that option.
5345
5346 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5347
5348 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5349 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5350
5351 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5352
5353 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5354 File used for storing customization information.
5355 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5356 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5357 it should be an absolute file name.
5358
5359 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5360 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5361 something like the following in your init file:
5362
5363 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5364 \(load custom-file)
5365
5366 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5367 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5368
5369 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5370 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5371 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5372 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5373 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5374
5375 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5376 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5377 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5378 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5379 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5380 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5381 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5382 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5383 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5384 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5385
5386 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5387
5388 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5389 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5390
5391 \(fn)" nil nil)
5392
5393 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5394 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5395
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5397
5398 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5399 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5400 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5401
5402 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5403
5404 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5405 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5406 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5407 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5408 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5409
5410 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5411
5412 ;;;***
5413 \f
5414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21670 32330 885624
5415 ;;;;;; 725000))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5417
5418 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5419 Create or edit a custom theme.
5420 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5421 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5422 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5423 from the Custom save file.
5424 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5425 named *Custom Theme*.
5426
5427 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5428
5429 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5430 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5431
5432 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5433
5434 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5435 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5436
5437 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5438
5439 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5440 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5441 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5442 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5443
5444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5445
5446 ;;;***
5447 \f
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5449 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5453 Mode used for cvs status output.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 ;;;***
5458 \f
5459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5460 ;;;;;; 720000))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5462 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5463
5464 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5465 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5466
5467 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5468
5469 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5470 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5471 C++ modes are included.
5472
5473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5474 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5475 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5476
5477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5478
5479 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5480
5481 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5482 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5483 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5486 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5487
5488 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5489
5490 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5491 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5492 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5493 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5494 ARG is omitted or nil.
5495
5496 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5497 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5498 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5499
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5505 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5507
5508 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5509 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5510
5511 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5512
5513 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5514 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5515
5516 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5517
5518 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5519 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5520 For readability, the table is slightly
5521 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5522
5523 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5524 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5525 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5526 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5527 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5528
5529 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5530
5531 ;;;***
5532 \f
5533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21670 32330 885624
5534 ;;;;;; 725000))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5536 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5538 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5539 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5540
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5542 Completion on current word.
5543 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5544 and presents suggestions for completion.
5545
5546 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5547 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5548 completions.
5549
5550 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5551 then it searches *all* buffers.
5552
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5554
5555 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5556 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5557
5558 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5559 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5560 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5561 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5562 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5563
5564 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5565 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5566
5567 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5568 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5569 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5570
5571 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5572 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5573
5574 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5575
5576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5577
5578 ;;;***
5579 \f
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21670 32330
5581 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5583
5584 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5585 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5586
5587 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5588
5589 ;;;***
5590 \f
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5593
5594 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5595 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5596 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5597 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5598 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5599
5600 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5601
5602 ;;;***
5603 \f
5604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21670 32331
5605 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5607
5608 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5609 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5610
5611 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5612 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5613 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5614
5615 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5616 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5617 Data lines are not indented.
5618
5619 Key bindings:
5620
5621 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5622 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5623
5624 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5625 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5626 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5627 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5628
5629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5630
5631 dcl-basic-offset
5632 Extra indentation within blocks.
5633
5634 dcl-continuation-offset
5635 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5636
5637 dcl-margin-offset
5638 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5639
5640 dcl-margin-label-offset
5641 Indentation for a label.
5642
5643 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5644 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5645
5646 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp
5648 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5649 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5650 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5651 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5652 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5653
5654 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5655 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5656 Two such functions are included in the package:
5657 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5658 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5659
5660 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5661 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5662 One such function is included in the package:
5663 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5664
5665 dcl-tab-always-indent
5666 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5667 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5668 margin.
5669
5670 dcl-electric-characters
5671 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5672 typed.
5673
5674 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5675 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5676 which words trigger electric indentation.
5677
5678 dcl-tempo-comma
5679 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5680 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5681 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5682
5683 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5684 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5685 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5686 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5687
5688 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5689 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5690 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5691 dcl-imenu-label-call
5692 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5693
5694 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5695 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5696 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5697 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5698
5699
5700 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5701
5702 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5703 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5704 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5705 $ i = 1
5706 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5707 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5708 $ label:
5709 $ if i.eq.1
5710 $ then
5711 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5712 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5713 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5714 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5715 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5716 \"lined up with the command line\"
5717 $ type sys$input
5718 Data lines are not indented at all.
5719 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5720 $ endif
5721 $
5722
5723
5724 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5725 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5726
5727 \(fn)" t nil)
5728
5729 ;;;***
5730 \f
5731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21670 32330
5732 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5734
5735 (setq debugger 'debug)
5736
5737 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5738 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5739 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5740 of the evaluator.
5741
5742 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5743 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5744 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5745
5746 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5750
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5752
5753 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5754 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5755 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5756 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5757 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5758 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5759
5760 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5761 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5762
5763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5764
5765 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5767 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5769 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5770
5771 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21670 32331
5776 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5778
5779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5781
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5783
5784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5787 Upper-case letters are commands.
5788
5789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5790 modify it.
5791
5792 The most useful commands are:
5793 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5794 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5795 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5797 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5798 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5799
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5801
5802 ;;;***
5803 \f
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21670 32330 885624
5805 ;;;;;; 725000))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5807 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5808
5809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5810 Customization of `columns' group.
5811
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5815 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5816
5817 START and END delimits the text region.
5818
5819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5820
5821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5822 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5823
5824 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5825
5826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5827
5828 ;;;***
5829 \f
5830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
5831 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5832
5833 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5834
5835 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5836 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5837 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5840 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5841
5842 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5843
5844 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5845 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5849
5850 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5851 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5852 point regardless of any selection.
5853
5854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5855
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21703 29629
5859 ;;;;;; 608890 826000))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5863 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5864
5865 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5866
5867 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5868 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5869 or nil if there is no parent.
5870 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5871 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5872 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5873 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5874 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5875
5876 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5877 arguments are currently understood:
5878 :group GROUP
5879 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5880 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5881 :syntax-table TABLE
5882 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5883 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5884 :abbrev-table TABLE
5885 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5886 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5887
5888 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5889
5890 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5891
5892 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5893 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5894 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5895
5896 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5897 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5898
5899 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5900 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5901 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5902
5903 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5904 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5905
5906 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5907 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5908
5909 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5910
5911 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5912
5913 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5914
5915 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5916
5917 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5918 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5919 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5920 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5921 the first time the mode is used.
5922
5923 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5924
5925 ;;;***
5926 \f
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21695 35516 595262
5928 ;;;;;; 313000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5930
5931 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5932 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5933 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5934 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5935 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5936 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5937 otherwise.
5938
5939 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5940
5941 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5942 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5943 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5944 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5945
5946 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5947 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5948 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5949
5950 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5951 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5952 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5953 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5954 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5955 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5956 relevant to POS.
5957
5958 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5961 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5962
5963 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5964 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5965 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5966 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5967 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5968 minibuffer window for width limit.
5969
5970 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5971 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
5972
5973 \(fn)" nil nil)
5974
5975 ;;;***
5976 \f
5977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21691 38459 74604 918000))
5978 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5979
5980 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5981 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5982 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5985 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5986
5987 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5988
5989 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5990 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5991 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5992 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5993 is omitted or nil.
5994
5995 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5996 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5997 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5998 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5999
6000 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6001 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6002
6003 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6004 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6005
6006 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6007
6008 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6009
6010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6011
6012 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6013 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6014 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6015 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6016
6017 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6018
6019 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6020 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6021
6022 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6023 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6024 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6025
6026 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6027 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6028
6029 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6030 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6031 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6032
6033 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6034 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6035 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6036 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6037
6038 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6039
6040 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6041 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6042
6043 Handlers are called with argument list
6044
6045 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6046
6047 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6048
6049 `desktop-file-version'
6050 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6051 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6052 `desktop-buffer-point'
6053 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6054 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6055 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6056
6057 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6058 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6059
6060 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6061 code like
6062
6063 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6064 ...
6065 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6066 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6067
6068 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6069
6070 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6071
6072 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6073 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6074 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6075 List elements must have the form
6076
6077 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6078
6079 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6080 function.
6081
6082 Handlers are called with argument list
6083
6084 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6085
6086 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6087
6088 `desktop-file-version'
6089 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6090 `desktop-buffer-name'
6091 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6092 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6093 `desktop-buffer-point'
6094 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6095 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6096 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6097
6098 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6099 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6100 created and set.
6101
6102 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6103 code like
6104
6105 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6106 ...
6107 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6108 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6109
6110 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6111
6112 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6113
6114 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6115
6116 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6117 Empty the Desktop.
6118 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6119 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6120 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6121 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6122 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6123 if different).
6124
6125 \(fn)" t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6128 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6129 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6130 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6131 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6132 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6133 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6134
6135 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6138 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6139 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6140
6141 \(fn)" t nil)
6142
6143 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6144 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6145 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6146 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6147 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6148 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6149 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6150 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6151
6152 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6153
6154 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6155 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6156 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6157
6158 \(fn)" nil nil)
6159
6160 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6161
6162 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6163 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6164 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6165 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6166 directory DIRNAME.
6167
6168 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6169
6170 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6171 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6172
6173 \(fn)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6176 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6177
6178 \(fn)" t nil)
6179
6180 ;;;***
6181 \f
6182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21670 32330
6183 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6185
6186 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6187 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6188 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6189 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6190 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6191 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6192
6193 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6194
6195 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6196 Repair a broken attribution line.
6197 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6198
6199 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6200
6201 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6202 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6203 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6204 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6205
6206 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6207
6208 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6209 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6210
6211 \(fn)" t nil)
6212
6213 ;;;***
6214 \f
6215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21670
6216 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6217 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6218
6219 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6220 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6221 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6222 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6223 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6224
6225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6228 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6229 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6230 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6231
6232 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6233 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6234 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6235 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6236
6237 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6238 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6239
6240 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6241 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6242 calendar-date-style 'european
6243 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6244
6245 \(diary-mail-entries)
6246
6247 # diary-rem.el ends here
6248
6249 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6250
6251 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6252 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6253
6254 \(fn)" t nil)
6255
6256 ;;;***
6257 \f
6258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6260
6261 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6262 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6263
6264 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6265
6266 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6267 The command to use to run diff.")
6268
6269 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6270
6271 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6272 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6273 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6274 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6275 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6276 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6277
6278 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6279 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6280 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6281
6282 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6285 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6286 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6287 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6288 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6289 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6290
6291 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6292
6293 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6294 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6295
6296 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6297
6298 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6299 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6300 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6301
6302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6303
6304 ;;;***
6305 \f
6306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21670 32331
6307 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6309
6310 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6311 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6312 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6313 normal diffs.
6314
6315 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6316 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6317 headers for you on-the-fly.
6318
6319 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6320 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6321 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6322
6323 \\{diff-mode-map}
6324
6325 \(fn)" t nil)
6326
6327 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6328 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6332
6333 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6334
6335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6336
6337 ;;;***
6338 \f
6339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6341
6342 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6343 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6344 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6345
6346 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6347
6348 ;;;***
6349 \f
6350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21670 32624 385626 484000))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6352
6353 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6354 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6355 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6356 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6357 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6358 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6359 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6360 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6361
6362 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6363
6364 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6365 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6366 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6367 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6368 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6369 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6370
6371 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6372 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6373 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6374 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6375 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6376 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6377 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6378 list of files to make directory entries for.
6379 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6380 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6381 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6382
6383 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6384
6385 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6386 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6387
6388 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6389 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6390
6391 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6392 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6393
6394 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6395 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6396
6397 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6398
6399 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6400 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6401
6402 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6403
6404 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6405 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6406 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6407 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6408 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6409 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6410 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6411 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6412 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6413 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6414 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6415 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6416 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6417 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6418 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6419 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6420 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6421 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6422 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6423 to see why something went wrong.
6424 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6425 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6426 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6427 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6428 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6429 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6430 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6431 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6432 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6433 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6434 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6435 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6436 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6437
6438 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6439 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6440 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6441 again for the directory tree.
6442
6443 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6444 for more info):
6445
6446 `dired-listing-switches'
6447 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6448 `dired-marker-char'
6449 `dired-del-marker'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6454
6455 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6456
6457 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6458 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6459 `dired-mode-hook'
6460 `dired-load-hook'
6461
6462 Keybindings:
6463 \\{dired-mode-map}
6464
6465 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6466 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6467
6468 ;;;***
6469 \f
6470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21670 32330 885624
6471 ;;;;;; 725000))
6472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6473
6474 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6475 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6479
6480 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6481 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6482 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6483
6484 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6485 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6486 directory.
6487
6488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6489
6490 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6491 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6492 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6493 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6494 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6495 from `default-directory'.
6496
6497 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6498
6499 ;;;***
6500 \f
6501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6502 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6504
6505 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6506 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6507 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6508 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6509 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6510 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6511
6512 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6513
6514 ;;;***
6515 \f
6516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21670 32330 885624
6517 ;;;;;; 725000))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6519
6520 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6521 Return a new, empty display table.
6522
6523 \(fn)" nil nil)
6524
6525 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6526 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6527 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6528 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6529 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6530
6531 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6534 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6535 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6536 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6537 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6538
6539 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6540
6541 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6542 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6543
6544 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6547 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6548
6549 \(fn)" t nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6552 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6553
6554 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6555 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6556
6557 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6558 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6559 byte.
6560
6561 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6562 in the default way after this call.
6563
6564 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6567 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6568
6569 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6572 Display character C using printable string S.
6573
6574 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6575
6576 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6577 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6578 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6579 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6580
6581 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6582
6583 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6584 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6585 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6586 X frame.
6587
6588 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6589
6590 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6591 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6592
6593 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6594
6595 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6596 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6597
6598 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6599
6600 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6601 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6602
6603 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6604
6605 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6606 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6607
6608 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6609
6610 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6611 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6612
6613 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6614
6615 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6616 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6617
6618 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6619 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6620
6621 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6622 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6623
6624 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6625 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6626 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6627 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6628
6629 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6630 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6631 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6632 in `.emacs'.
6633
6634 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6635
6636 ;;;***
6637 \f
6638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6639 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6641
6642 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6643 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6644 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6645 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6646 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6647 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6648 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6649 Default is 2.
6650
6651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6656 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6657
6658 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6659 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6660 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6661 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6662 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6663 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6664 private or ask).
6665 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6666 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6667 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6668 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6669 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6670
6671 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6672
6673 ;;;***
6674 \f
6675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6676 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6678
6679 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6680 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6681 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6682 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6683 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6684 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6685 table and its own syntax table.
6686
6687 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6688
6689 \(fn)" t nil)
6690 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6691
6692 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6693 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6694
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6696
6697 ;;;***
6698 \f
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21670 32330 885624
6700 ;;;;;; 725000))
6701 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6702
6703 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6704 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6705 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6706 OpenDocument format).
6707
6708 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6709
6710 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6711 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6712
6713 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6714 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6715
6716 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6717 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6718 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6719
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6723 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6724 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6725 to the next best mode.
6726
6727 \(fn)" nil nil)
6728
6729 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6730 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6734
6735 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6736
6737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6738
6739 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6740
6741
6742 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6743
6744 ;;;***
6745 \f
6746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6747 ;;;;;; 720000))
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6749
6750 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6751 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6752
6753 \(fn)" t nil)
6754
6755 ;;;***
6756 \f
6757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6759
6760 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6761 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6763 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6764 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6765
6766 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6767 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6768
6769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6770
6771 ;;;***
6772 \f
6773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
6774 ;;;;;; 720000))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6776 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6777
6778 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6779 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6780
6781 \(fn)" t nil)
6782
6783 ;;;***
6784 \f
6785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21708
6786 ;;;;;; 47547 478182 210000))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6788
6789 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6790
6791 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6792 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6793 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6794 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6795 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6796
6797 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6798 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6799 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6800 and disables it otherwise.
6801
6802 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6803 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6804 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6805 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6806
6807 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6808 documenting what its argument does.
6809
6810 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6811 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6812 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6813 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6814 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6815 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6816 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6817 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6818
6819 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6820 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6821 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6822 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6823 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6824 mode is global):
6825
6826 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6827 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6828 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6829 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6830 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6831 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6832 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6833 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6834 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6835 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6836 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6837 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6838 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6839 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6840 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6841 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6842 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6843 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6844 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6845 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6846 in :variable).
6847
6848 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6849 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6850
6851 For example, you could write
6852 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6853 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6854 ...BODY CODE...)
6855
6856 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6857
6858 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6859
6860 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6861
6862 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6863
6864 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6865
6866 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6867 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6868 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6869 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6870 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6871 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6872 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6873 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6874 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6875 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6876 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6877 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6878
6879 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6880 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6881 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6882 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6883 call another major mode in their body.
6884
6885 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6886 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6887 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6888
6889 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6890
6891 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6892
6893 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6894 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6895 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6896 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6897 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6898 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6899 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6900
6901 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6902
6903 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6904 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6905 :inherit Parent keymap.
6906 :group Ignored.
6907 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6908 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6909
6910 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6911
6912 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6913 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6914 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6915 the constant's documentation.
6916
6917 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6918
6919 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6920 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6921 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6922
6923 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6924
6925 ;;;***
6926 \f
6927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
6928 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
6929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6930
6931 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6932 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6933 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6934 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6935
6936 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6937 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6938 as a top-level menu bar item.
6939
6940 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6941 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6942 pairs:
6943
6944 :filter FUNCTION
6945 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6946 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6947 items to actually display.
6948
6949 :visible INCLUDE
6950 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6951 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6952 alias for `:visible'.
6953
6954 :active ENABLE
6955 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6956 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6957 an alias for `:active'.
6958
6959 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6960 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6961
6962 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6963
6964 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6965
6966 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6967 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6968
6969 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6970 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6971
6972 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6973
6974 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6975
6976 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6977 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6978
6979 :keys KEYS
6980 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6981 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6982 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6983 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6984
6985 :key-sequence KEYS
6986 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6987 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6988 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6989 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6990
6991 :active ENABLE
6992 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6993 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6994 alias for `:active'.
6995
6996 :visible INCLUDE
6997 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6998 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6999 `:visible'.
7000
7001 :label FORM
7002 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7003 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7004
7005 :suffix FORM
7006 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7007 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7008
7009 :style STYLE
7010 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7011 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7012 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7013
7014 :selected SELECTED
7015 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7016 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7017
7018 :help HELP
7019 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7020
7021 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7022 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7023 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7024
7025 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7026 MENU. This is a submenu.
7027
7028 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7029
7030 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7031
7032 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7033
7034
7035 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7036
7037 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7038 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7039 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7040 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7041
7042 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7043
7044 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7045 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7046 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7047 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7048 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7049 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7050
7051 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7052 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7053 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7054
7055 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7056 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7057 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7058
7059 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7060 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7061
7062 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7063
7064 ;;;***
7065 \f
7066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21670 32331
7067 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7069 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7070
7071 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7072 Customization for ebnf group.
7073
7074 \(fn)" t nil)
7075
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7078
7079 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7080
7081 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7082 processed.
7083
7084 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7085
7086 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7087
7088 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7089 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7090
7091 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7092 killed after process termination.
7093
7094 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7095
7096 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7099 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7100
7101 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7102 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7103 it to the printer.
7104
7105 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7106 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7107 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7108 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7109
7110 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7111
7112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7114 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7115
7116 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7119 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7120
7121 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7122
7123 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7124 processed.
7125
7126 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7127
7128 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7129
7130 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7131 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7132
7133 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7134 killed after process termination.
7135
7136 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7137
7138 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7141 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7142 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7143 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7144
7145 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7146
7147 \(fn)" t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7150 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7151 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7152
7153 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7154
7155 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7159
7160 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7161
7162 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7163 processed.
7164
7165 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7166
7167 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7168
7169 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7170 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7171
7172 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7173 killed after EPS generation.
7174
7175 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7176
7177 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7178
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7181
7182 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7183 The EPS file name has the following form:
7184
7185 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7186
7187 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7188 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7189
7190 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7191 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7192 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7193 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7194 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7195
7196 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7197 files.
7198
7199 \(fn)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7203
7204 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7205 The EPS file name has the following form:
7206
7207 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7208
7209 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7210 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7211
7212 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7213 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7214 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7215 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7216 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7217
7218 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7219 files.
7220
7221 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7222
7223 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7224
7225 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7226 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7227
7228 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7229
7230 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7231 are processed.
7232
7233 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7234
7235 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7239
7240 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7241 killed after syntax checking.
7242
7243 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7244
7245 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7246
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7249
7250 \(fn)" t nil)
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7254
7255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7259
7260 \(fn)" nil nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7264
7265 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7266
7267 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7270 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7271
7272 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7273
7274 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7277 Delete style NAME.
7278
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7280
7281 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7285
7286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7287
7288 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7289
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Set STYLE as the current style.
7292
7293 Returns the old style symbol.
7294
7295 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7296
7297 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Reset current style.
7301
7302 Returns the old style symbol.
7303
7304 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7305
7306 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7307
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7310
7311 Returns the old style symbol.
7312
7313 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7314
7315 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7316
7317 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7318
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7321
7322 Returns the old style symbol.
7323
7324 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7325
7326 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 ;;;***
7331 \f
7332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21670 32331
7333 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
7334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7335
7336 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7337 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7338 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7339 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7340 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7341 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7342
7343 Tree mode key bindings:
7344 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7349 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7354 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7355
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7359 View declaration of member at point.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7364 Find declaration of member at point.
7365
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7369 View definition of member at point.
7370
7371 \(fn)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7374 Find definition of member at point.
7375
7376 \(fn)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7379 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7380
7381 \(fn)" t nil)
7382
7383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7384 View definition of member at point in other window.
7385
7386 \(fn)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7389 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7390
7391 \(fn)" t nil)
7392
7393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7394 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7395
7396 \(fn)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7399 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7400
7401 \(fn)" t nil)
7402
7403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7404 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7405
7406 \(fn)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7409 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7410 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7411 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7412 completion.
7413
7414 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7417 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7418 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7419 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7420
7421 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7424 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7425 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7426 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7427
7428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7431 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7432 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7433
7434 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7435
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7437 Search for call sites of a member.
7438 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7439 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7440 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7441 looks like a function call to the member.
7442
7443 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7446 Move backward in the position stack.
7447 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7448
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7450
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7452 Move forward in the position stack.
7453 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7454
7455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7458 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7459
7460 \(fn)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7463 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7464
7465 \(fn)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7468 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7469 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7470 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7471
7472 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7475 Display statistics for a class tree.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 ;;;***
7480 \f
7481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
7482 ;;;;;; 725000))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7484
7485 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7486 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7487 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7488 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7489 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7490 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7491 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7492
7493 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7494
7495 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7496 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7497 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7498 also has this effect.
7499 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7500 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7501 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7506 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7507 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7508 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7509
7510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7511
7512 ;;;***
7513 \f
7514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7515 ;;;;;; 725000))
7516 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7517
7518 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7519 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7520 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7521
7522 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7523
7524 ;;;***
7525 \f
7526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7527 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7528 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7529
7530 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7531
7532
7533 \(fn)" nil nil)
7534
7535 ;;;***
7536 \f
7537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21679 47292 556033 759000))
7538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7539 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7540
7541 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7542 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7543 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7545 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7546 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7547
7548 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7549
7550 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7551 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7554 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7555
7556 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7557 an EDE controlled project.
7558
7559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7560
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21670 32330
7564 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7566
7567 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7568 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7569 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7570 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7571 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7572
7573 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7574 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7575 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7576 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7577
7578 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7579
7580 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7581 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7582 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7583 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7584
7585 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7586
7587 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7588 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7589 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7590 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7591
7592 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7593
7594 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7595
7596 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7597 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7598 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7599 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7600 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7601
7602 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7603 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7604 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7605 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7606 instrumented for Edebug.
7607
7608 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7609 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7610 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7611 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7612 already is one.)
7613
7614 \(fn)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7617 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7618
7619 \(fn)" t nil)
7620
7621 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7622 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7623
7624 \(fn)" t nil)
7625
7626 ;;;***
7627 \f
7628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
7629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7630 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7634
7635 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7639
7640 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7641
7642 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7643
7644 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7645
7646 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7647 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7648 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7649 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7650
7651 \(fn)" t nil)
7652
7653 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7654 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7655 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7656 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7657
7658 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7659
7660 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7661 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7662
7663 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7664
7665 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7666
7667 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7668 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7669
7670 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7671
7672 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7673
7674 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7675 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7676 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7677 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7678
7679 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7680
7681 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7682
7683 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7685 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7686 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7687
7688 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7689
7690 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7691
7692 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7694 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7695 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7696
7697 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7698
7699 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7700
7701 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7702 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7703 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7704 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7705
7706 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7707
7708 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7709
7710 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7711 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7712 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7713 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7714 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7715 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7716
7717 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7721 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7722 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7723
7724 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7725
7726 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7730 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7731 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7732
7733 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7734
7735 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7736
7737 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7738
7739 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7740 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7741 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7742 follows:
7743 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7744 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7745
7746 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747
7748 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7749 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7750 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7751 follows:
7752 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7753 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7754
7755 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7759 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7760 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7761 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7762
7763 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7767 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7768 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7769 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7770 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7771
7772 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7773
7774 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7777 Merge two files without ancestor.
7778
7779 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7782 Merge two files with ancestor.
7783
7784 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7785
7786 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7787
7788 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7789 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7790
7791 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7792
7793 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7794 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7795
7796 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7800 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7801 buffer.
7802
7803 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7804
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7807 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7808 buffer.
7809
7810 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7813 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7814 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7815 and don't ask the user.
7816 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7817 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7823 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7824 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7825 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7826 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7827 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7828 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7829
7830 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7831
7832 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7833
7834 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7835
7836 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7838 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7839 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7840 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7841
7842 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7843
7844 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7845
7846 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7847 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7848 When called interactively, displays the version.
7849
7850 \(fn)" t nil)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7853 Display Ediff's manual.
7854 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7855
7856 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7859
7860
7861 \(fn)" nil nil)
7862
7863 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7864
7865
7866 \(fn)" nil nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7869
7870
7871 \(fn)" nil nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7874
7875
7876 \(fn)" nil nil)
7877
7878 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7879
7880
7881 \(fn)" nil nil)
7882
7883 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7884
7885
7886 \(fn)" nil nil)
7887
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7889
7890
7891 \(fn)" nil nil)
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7894
7895
7896 \(fn)" nil nil)
7897
7898 ;;;***
7899 \f
7900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21670 32331
7901 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7905
7906
7907 \(fn)" t nil)
7908
7909 ;;;***
7910 \f
7911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7912 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7913 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7914
7915 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7916 Display Ediff's registry.
7917
7918 \(fn)" t nil)
7919
7920 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7921
7922 ;;;***
7923 \f
7924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21670 32331
7925 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7927
7928 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7929 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7930 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7931 which see.
7932
7933 \(fn)" t nil)
7934
7935 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7936 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7937 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7938 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7939
7940 \(fn)" t nil)
7941
7942 ;;;***
7943 \f
7944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21670 32330 885624
7945 ;;;;;; 725000))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7947 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7948
7949 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7950 Edit a keyboard macro.
7951 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7952 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7953 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7954 its command name.
7955 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7956
7957 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7960 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7961
7962 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7963
7964 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7965 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7966
7967 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7968
7969 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7970 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7971 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7972 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7973 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7974 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7975
7976 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7977 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7978 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7979 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7980
7981 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7982
7983 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7984 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7985 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7986 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7987 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7988 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7989
7990 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7991
7992 ;;;***
7993 \f
7994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21670 32330 885624
7995 ;;;;;; 725000))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7997
7998 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7999 Set scroll margins.
8000 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8001 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8002
8003 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8006 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8007
8008 \(fn)" t nil)
8009
8010 ;;;***
8011 \f
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8014
8015 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8016 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8017 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8018 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8019 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8020 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8021 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8022
8023 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8024 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8025
8026 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8027 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8028 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8029 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8030
8031 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8032 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8033 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8034
8035 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8036 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8037 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8038
8039 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8040
8041 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8042
8043
8044 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8045
8046 ;;;***
8047 \f
8048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21708 47547
8049 ;;;;;; 478182 210000))
8050 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8051 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8052
8053 ;;;***
8054 \f
8055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21708
8056 ;;;;;; 47547 478182 210000))
8057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8058 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8059
8060 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8061 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8062 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8063 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8064 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8065 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8066 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8067
8068 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8069
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21670 32330 885624
8073 ;;;;;; 725000))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8075
8076 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8077 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8078
8079 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8080 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8081 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8082
8083 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8084
8085 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8086 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8087 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8088 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8089 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8090 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8091
8092 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8093
8094 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8095 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8096 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8097 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8098 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8099
8100 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8101 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8102 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8103
8104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8105
8106 ;;;***
8107 \f
8108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8109 ;;;;;; 725000))
8110 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8111
8112 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8113 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8114
8115 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8116 an elided material again.
8117
8118 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8119
8120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8121
8122 ;;;***
8123 \f
8124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21670 32330
8125 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8127
8128 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8129 Lint the file FILE.
8130
8131 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8132
8133 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8134 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8135 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8136
8137 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8140 Lint the current buffer.
8141 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8142
8143 \(fn)" t nil)
8144
8145 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8146 Lint the function at point.
8147 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8148
8149 \(fn)" t nil)
8150
8151 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8152 Initialize elint.
8153 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8154 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8155
8156 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8157
8158 ;;;***
8159 \f
8160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8161 ;;;;;; 725000))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8163
8164 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8165 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8166 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8167
8168 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8169
8170 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8171 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8172 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8173 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8174
8175 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8178 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8179 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8180
8181 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8182
8183 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8184
8185 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8186 Display current profiling results.
8187 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8188 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8189 displayed.
8190
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8192
8193 ;;;***
8194 \f
8195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8196 ;;;;;; 725000))
8197 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8198
8199 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8200 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8201 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8202 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8203 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8204 ARG is omitted or nil.
8205
8206 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8207 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8208 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8209 used instead.
8210
8211 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8212
8213 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8214 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8215 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8216
8217 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8218
8219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8220
8221 ;;;***
8222 \f
8223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21670 32331
8224 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
8225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8226
8227 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8228 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8229 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8230
8231 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8232
8233 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8234
8235 ;;;***
8236 \f
8237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 54478 800121
8238 ;;;;;; 42000))
8239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8240
8241 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8242 Run Emerge on two files.
8243
8244 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8247 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8248
8249 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8252 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8253
8254 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8255
8256 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8257 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8258
8259 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8262
8263
8264 \(fn)" nil nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8267
8268
8269 \(fn)" nil nil)
8270
8271 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8272
8273
8274 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8275
8276 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8277
8278
8279 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8282 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8283
8284 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8287 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8288
8289 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8292
8293
8294 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8295
8296 ;;;***
8297 \f
8298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8299 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8301
8302 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8303 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8304 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8305 text/enriched format.
8306
8307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8308 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8309 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8310
8311 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8312
8313 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8314 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8315
8316 Commands:
8317
8318 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8319
8320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8323
8324
8325 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8328
8329
8330 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8331
8332 ;;;***
8333 \f
8334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8335 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8336
8337 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8338 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8339
8340 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8341
8342 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8343 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8344
8345 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8348 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8349 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8350 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8351 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8352 the keys are listed.
8353 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8354
8355 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8358 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8359 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8360
8361 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8364 Verify FILE.
8365
8366 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8369 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8370
8371 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8374 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8375
8376 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8379 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8380
8381 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8382 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8383 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8384 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8385
8386 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8387 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8388 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8389 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8390 should consider using the string based counterpart
8391 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8392 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8393
8394 For example:
8395
8396 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8397 (decode-coding-string
8398 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8399 'utf-8))
8400
8401 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8404 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8405
8406 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8407 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8408
8409 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8410
8411 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8412
8413 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8414 Verify the current region between START and END.
8415
8416 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8417 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8418 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8419 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8420 should consider using the string based counterpart
8421 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8422 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8423
8424 For example:
8425
8426 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8427 (decode-coding-string
8428 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8429 'utf-8))
8430
8431 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8432
8433 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8434
8435 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8436 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8437 between START and END.
8438
8439 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8440 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8441
8442 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8443
8444 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8445
8446 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8447 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8448
8449 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8450 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8451 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8452 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8453 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8454 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8455
8456 For example:
8457
8458 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8459 (epg-sign-string
8460 context
8461 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8462
8463 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8464
8465 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8466
8467 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8468 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8469
8470 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8471 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8472 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8473 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8474 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8475 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8476
8477 For example:
8478
8479 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8480 (epg-encrypt-string
8481 context
8482 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8483 nil))
8484
8485 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8486
8487 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8490 Delete selected KEYS.
8491
8492 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8493
8494 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8495 Import keys from FILE.
8496
8497 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8500 Import keys from the region.
8501
8502 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8503
8504 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8505 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8506 between START and END.
8507
8508 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8509
8510 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8511 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8512
8513 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8514
8515 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8516 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8517
8518 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8519
8520 ;;;***
8521 \f
8522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8523 ;;;;;; 725000))
8524 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8525
8526 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8527 Decrypt marked files.
8528
8529 \(fn)" t nil)
8530
8531 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8532 Verify marked files.
8533
8534 \(fn)" t nil)
8535
8536 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8537 Sign marked files.
8538
8539 \(fn)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8542 Encrypt marked files.
8543
8544 \(fn)" t nil)
8545
8546 ;;;***
8547 \f
8548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
8549 ;;;;;; 725000))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8553
8554
8555 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8558
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8563
8564
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8566
8567 ;;;***
8568 \f
8569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8570 ;;;;;; 725000))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8572
8573 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8574 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8576 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8577 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8578
8579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8580
8581 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8582 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8583 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8584
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8586
8587 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8590 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8591 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8592
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8594
8595 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8596
8597 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8598 Sign the current buffer.
8599 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8600
8601 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8602
8603 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8606 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8607 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8608 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8609 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8610 and also whether and how to sign.
8611
8612 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8613 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8614 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8615
8616 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8617
8618 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8621 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8622 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8623
8624 \(fn)" t nil)
8625
8626 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8627
8628 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8629 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8630 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8633 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8634
8635 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8638 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8640 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8641 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8642
8643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8644
8645 ;;;***
8646 \f
8647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8649 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8650
8651 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8652 Return a context object.
8653
8654 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8655
8656 ;;;***
8657 \f
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21670 32330 885624
8659 ;;;;;; 725000))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8661
8662 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8663 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8664
8665 \(fn)" nil nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8668 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8669
8670 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8671
8672 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8673 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8674
8675 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8676
8677 ;;;***
8678 \f
8679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8681
8682 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8683 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8684
8685 \(fn)" nil nil)
8686
8687 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8688 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8689 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8690
8691 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8692
8693 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8694 (server (erc-compute-server))
8695 (port (erc-compute-port))
8696 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8697 password
8698 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8699
8700 That is, if called with
8701
8702 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8703
8704 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8705 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8706 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8707
8708 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8709
8710 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8711
8712 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8713 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8714 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8715
8716 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8719 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8720 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8721 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8722
8723 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8724
8725 ;;;***
8726 \f
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21670
8728 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8730 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8731
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21670 32330
8735 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8737 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8738
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8742 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8744 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8745
8746 ;;;***
8747 \f
8748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8749 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8751 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8752
8753 ;;;***
8754 \f
8755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21696 56380 925320
8756 ;;;;;; 624000))
8757 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8758 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8759
8760 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8761 Parser for /dcc command.
8762 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8763 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8764 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8765
8766 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8767
8768 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8769 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8770
8771 \(fn)" nil nil)
8772
8773 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8774 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8775
8776 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8777 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8778 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8779 that subcommand.
8780
8781 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8782
8783 ;;;***
8784 \f
8785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8786 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8787 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8788 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21670
8793 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8795
8796 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8797 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8798
8799 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8800
8801 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8802 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8803 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8804 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8805
8806 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8809
8810
8811 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8812
8813 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8814 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8815
8816 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8817
8818 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8819 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8820
8821 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8822
8823 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8824 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8825
8826 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8827
8828 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8829 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8830
8831 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8834 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8835
8836 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8837
8838 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8839 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8840
8841 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8842
8843 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8844 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8845
8846 \(fn)" nil nil)
8847
8848 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8849 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8850
8851 \(fn)" nil nil)
8852
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21670 32330 885624
8856 ;;;;;; 725000))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8858 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8859
8860 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8861 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8862 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8863
8864 \(fn)" nil nil)
8865
8866 ;;;***
8867 \f
8868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8869 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8870 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8871 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8872
8873 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8874 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8875 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8876 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8877 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8878 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8879 system.
8880
8881 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8882
8883 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8884
8885
8886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8887
8888 ;;;***
8889 \f
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8891 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8893
8894 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8895
8896
8897 \(fn)" nil nil)
8898
8899 ;;;***
8900 \f
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8902 ;;;;;; 725000))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8905
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8909 ;;;;;; 725000))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8912
8913 ;;;***
8914 \f
8915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
8916 ;;;;;; 725000))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8918 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8919
8920 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8921 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8922 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8923 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8924 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8925 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8926
8927 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8930 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8931 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8932 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8933
8934 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8935 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8936 automatically.
8937
8938 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8939 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8940
8941 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8942
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21670 32330
8946 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8948 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8949
8950 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8951 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8952
8953 \(fn)" t nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8956 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8957
8958 \(fn)" t nil)
8959
8960 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8961 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8962
8963 \(fn)" t nil)
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8966 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8967
8968 \(fn)" t nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8971 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8972
8973 \(fn)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8976 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8977
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8979
8980 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8981 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8982
8983 \(fn)" t nil)
8984
8985 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8986 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8987
8988 \(fn)" t nil)
8989
8990 ;;;***
8991 \f
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
8993 ;;;;;; 725000))
8994 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8995 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8996
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9000 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9002 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9003
9004 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9005 Show who's gone.
9006
9007 \(fn)" nil nil)
9008
9009 ;;;***
9010 \f
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9012 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9014
9015 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9016 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9017 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9018 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9019
9020 \(fn)" nil nil)
9021
9022 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9023 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9024
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9030 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9033
9034 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9035 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9036 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9037 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9038
9039 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9040
9041 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9042
9043
9044 \(fn)" nil nil)
9045
9046 ;;;***
9047 \f
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9049 ;;;;;; 725000))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21670
9056 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9059
9060 ;;;***
9061 \f
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9063 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9066
9067 ;;;***
9068 \f
9069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9070 ;;;;;; 725000))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9072 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9073
9074 ;;;***
9075 \f
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21670
9077 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9080
9081 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9082 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9083
9084 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9087 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9088 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9089
9090 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9091
9092 ;;;***
9093 \f
9094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9095 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9098
9099 ;;;***
9100 \f
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21670
9102 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9104
9105 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9106 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9107 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9108
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112 \f
9113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21670
9114 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9117
9118 ;;;***
9119 \f
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21670 32330
9121 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9123 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9124
9125 ;;;***
9126 \f
9127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21670 32330
9128 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9130
9131 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9132 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9133 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9134
9135 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9138 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9141 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9142
9143 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9144 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9145 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9146 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9147
9148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9149 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9150
9151 ;;;***
9152 \f
9153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9154 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9155 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9157
9158 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9159 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9160 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9161 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9162
9163 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9164
9165 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9166 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9167 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9168
9169 \(fn)" t nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9174 ;;;;;; 725000))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9177
9178 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9179 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9180
9181 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21670 32330 885624
9186 ;;;;;; 725000))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9188
9189 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9190 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9191
9192 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9193 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9194
9195 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9196 useful for assertions in BODY.
9197
9198 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9199
9200 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9201 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9202 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9203
9204 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9205
9206 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9207
9208 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9209
9210 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9211
9212 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9213
9214 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9215 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9216
9217 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9218 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9219 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9220 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9221
9222 Returns the stats object.
9223
9224 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9225
9226 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9227 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9228
9229 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9230 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9231 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9232 the tests).
9233
9234 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9235
9236 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9237 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9238
9239 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9240 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9241 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9242 and how to display message.
9243
9244 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9245
9246 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9247
9248 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9249 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9250
9251 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9252
9253 ;;;***
9254 \f
9255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21670 32330
9256 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9258
9259 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9260
9261 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9262 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9263
9264 \(fn)" t nil)
9265
9266 ;;;***
9267 \f
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21670 32330
9269 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9271
9272 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9273 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9274
9275 \(fn)" t nil)
9276
9277 ;;;***
9278 \f
9279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9280 ;;;;;; 725000))
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9282 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9283
9284 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9285 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9286 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9287 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9288 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9289 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9290 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9291 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9292 buffer selected (or created).
9293
9294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9295
9296 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9297 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9298 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9299
9300 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9301
9302 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9303 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9304 The result might be any Lisp object.
9305 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9306 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9307 corresponding to a successful execution.
9308
9309 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9310
9311 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9312
9313 ;;;***
9314 \f
9315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21696 56380 925320
9316 ;;;;;; 624000))
9317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9318
9319 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9320 File name of tags table.
9321 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9322 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9323 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9324 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9325 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9326
9327 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9328 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9329 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9330 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9331
9332 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9333
9334 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9335 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9336 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9337 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9338 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9339 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9340
9341 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9342
9343 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9344 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9345 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9346
9347 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9348
9349 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9350 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9351 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9352 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9353 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9354
9355 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9356
9357 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9358 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9359 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9360 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9361
9362 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9363
9364 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9365 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9366 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9367 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9368 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9369
9370 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9371
9372 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9373 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9374
9375 \(fn)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9378 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9379 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9380 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9381
9382 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9383 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9384 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9385 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9386 file the tag was in.
9387
9388 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9389
9390 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9391 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9392 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9393 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9394 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9395 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9396 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9397 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9398 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9399
9400 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9401
9402 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9403 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9404 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9405 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9406 without directory names.
9407
9408 \(fn)" nil nil)
9409
9410 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9411
9412
9413 \(fn)" nil nil)
9414 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9415 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9416 (progn
9417 (load "etags")
9418 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9419
9420 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9421 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9422 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9423 but does not select the buffer.
9424 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9425
9426 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9427 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9428 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9429 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9430 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9431
9432 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9433
9434 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9435 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9436 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9437
9438 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9439
9440 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9441
9442 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9443 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9444 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9445 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9446
9447 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9448 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9449 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9450 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9451 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9452
9453 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9454
9455 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9456 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9457 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9458
9459 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9460
9461 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9462
9463 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9464 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9465 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9466 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9467 around or before point.
9468
9469 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9470 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9471 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9472 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9473 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9474
9475 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9476
9477 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9478 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9479 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9480
9481 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9482
9483 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9484
9485 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9486
9487 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9488 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9489 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9490 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9491 around or before point.
9492
9493 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9494 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9495 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9496 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9497 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9498
9499 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9500
9501 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9502 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9503 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9504
9505 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9506
9507 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9508
9509 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9510
9511 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9512 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9513 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9514
9515 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9516 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9517 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9518 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9519 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9520
9521 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9522
9523 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9524 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9525 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9526
9527 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9528
9529 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9530
9531 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9532
9533 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9534
9535 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9536 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9537
9538 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9539 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9540 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9541
9542 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9543 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9544
9545 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9546 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9547
9548 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9549
9550 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9551 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9552 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9553 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9554
9555 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9556 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9557 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9558 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9559 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9560
9561 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9562
9563 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9564
9565 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9566 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9567 Stops when a match is found.
9568 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9569
9570 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9571 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9572 restricted to these files.
9573
9574 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9575
9576 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9577
9578 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9579 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9580 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9581 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9582 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9583 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9584 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9585 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9586
9587 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9588 produce the list of files to search.
9589
9590 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9591
9592 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9593
9594 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9595 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9596 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9597 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9598 directory specification.
9599
9600 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9601
9602 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9603 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9604
9605 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9606
9607 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9608
9609 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9610 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9611 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9612 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9613
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9615
9616 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9617 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9618 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9619 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9620 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9621
9622 \(fn)" t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9625
9626
9627 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9628
9629 ;;;***
9630 \f
9631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21670
9632 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9634
9635 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9636
9637
9638 \(fn)" nil nil)
9639
9640 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9641 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9642
9643 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9644 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9645
9646 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9647 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9648 primary language.
9649
9650 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9651 even if the buffer is read-only.
9652
9653 See also the descriptions of the variables
9654 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9655
9656 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9657
9658 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9659 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9660
9661 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9662 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9663
9664 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9665 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9666 primary language.
9667
9668 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9669 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9670
9671 See also the descriptions of the variables
9672 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9673
9674 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9675
9676 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9677 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9678 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9679 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9680
9681 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9682
9683 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9684 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9685 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9686 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9687
9688 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9689 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9690 primary language.
9691
9692 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9693 buffer is read-only.
9694
9695 See also the descriptions of the variables
9696 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9697 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9698
9699 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9700
9701 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9702 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9703
9704 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9705 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9706
9707 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9708 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9709 the primary language.
9710
9711 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9712 buffer is read-only.
9713
9714 See also the descriptions of the variables
9715 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9716 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9717
9718 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9719
9720 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9721 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9722 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9723
9724 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9727 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9728
9729 \(fn)" t nil)
9730
9731 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9732 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9733
9734 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9735 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9736 be 1, 2, or 3.
9737
9738 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9739 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9740 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9741
9742 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9743
9744 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9745
9746 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9747 This function is deprecated.
9748
9749 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9750
9751 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9752 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9753
9754 \(fn)" t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9757 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9758
9759 \(fn)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9762 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9763
9764 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9765 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9766
9767 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9768 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9769
9770 \(fn)" nil nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9774
9775 \(fn)" nil nil)
9776
9777 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9778 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9779
9780 \(fn)" nil nil)
9781
9782 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9783 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9784
9785 \(fn)" nil nil)
9786
9787 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9788 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9789 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9790
9791 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9794
9795
9796 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9797
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21704 50495 455324 752000))
9801 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9802
9803 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9804 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9805 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9806 server for future sessions.
9807
9808 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9811 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9812 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9813
9814 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9815
9816 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9817 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9818 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9819
9820 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9823 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9824 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9825 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9826 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9827 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9828 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9829 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9830 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9831 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9832 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9833 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9834
9835 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9838 Display a form to query the directory server.
9839 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9840 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9841
9842 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9843
9844 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9845 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9846 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9847
9848 \(fn)" t nil)
9849
9850 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9851
9852 ;;;***
9853 \f
9854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9855 ;;;;;; 752000))
9856 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9857
9858 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9859 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9860
9861 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9864 Display URL and make it clickable.
9865
9866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9867
9868 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9869 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9870
9871 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9874 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9875
9876 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9879 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9880
9881 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9884 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9885
9886 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9887
9888 ;;;***
9889 \f
9890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21704 50495
9891 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9895 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9896 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9897
9898 \(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9901 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9902
9903 \(fn)" t nil)
9904
9905 ;;;***
9906 \f
9907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9908 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
9909 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9912 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9913
9914 \(fn)" t nil)
9915
9916 ;;;***
9917 \f
9918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9919 ;;;;;; 725000))
9920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9921
9922 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9923 Create an empty ewoc.
9924
9925 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9926
9927 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9928 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9929 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9930 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9931 `insert-before-markers'.
9932
9933 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9934 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9935 respectively, of the ewoc.
9936
9937 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9938 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9939 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9940
9941 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21702 8774 274627 813000))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9947
9948 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9949 Fetch URL and render the page.
9950 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9951 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9952
9953 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9954 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9955
9956 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9957 Render a file using EWW.
9958
9959 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9962 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9963 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9964
9965 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9968
9969
9970 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9971
9972 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9973 Display the bookmarks.
9974
9975 \(fn)" t nil)
9976
9977 ;;;***
9978 \f
9979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21670
9980 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9982
9983 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9984 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9985 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9986
9987 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9988
9989 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9990 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9991 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9992 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9993 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9994
9995 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9998 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9999 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10000 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10001 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10002 executable.
10003
10004 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10005
10006 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10007 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10008 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10009
10010 \(fn)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10013 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10014 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10015 file modes.
10016
10017 \(fn)" nil nil)
10018
10019 ;;;***
10020 \f
10021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10022 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10023
10024 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10025 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10026 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10027 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10028
10029 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10030
10031 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10032 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10033 to generate such functions.
10034
10035 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10036 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10037 beginning of the expanded text.
10038
10039 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10040 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10041 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10042 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10043
10044 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10045
10046 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10047
10048 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10049 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10050 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10051
10052 \(fn)" nil nil)
10053
10054 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10055 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10056 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10057
10058 \(fn)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10061 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10062 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10063
10064 \(fn)" t nil)
10065 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10066 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10067
10068 ;;;***
10069 \f
10070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21670 32331 385639
10071 ;;;;;; 720000))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10073
10074 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10075 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10076 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10077
10078 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10079 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10080 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10081
10082 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10083
10084 Key definitions:
10085 \\{f90-mode-map}
10086
10087 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10088
10089 `f90-do-indent'
10090 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10091 `f90-if-indent'
10092 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10093 `f90-type-indent'
10094 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10095 `f90-program-indent'
10096 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10097 (default 2).
10098 `f90-associate-indent'
10099 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10100 `f90-critical-indent'
10101 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10102 `f90-continuation-indent'
10103 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10104 `f90-comment-region'
10105 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10106 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10107 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10108 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10109 (default \"!\").
10110 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10111 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10112 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10113 `f90-break-delimiters'
10114 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10115 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10116 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10117 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10118 (default t).
10119 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10120 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10121 `f90-smart-end'
10122 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10123 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10124 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10125 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10126 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10127 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10128 `f90-leave-line-no'
10129 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10130
10131 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10132 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10133
10134 \(fn)" t nil)
10135
10136 ;;;***
10137 \f
10138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21670 32330 885624
10139 ;;;;;; 725000))
10140 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10141
10142 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10143 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10144 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10145 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10146
10147 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10148 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10149 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10150 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10151 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10152
10153 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10154 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10155 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10156 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10157 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10158 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10159 attributes.
10160
10161 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10162 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10163
10164 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10165
10166 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10167 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10168 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10169 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10170
10171 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10172
10173 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10174 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10175 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10176 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10177
10178 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10179 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10180 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10181
10182 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10183 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10184 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10185 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10186
10187 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10188
10189 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10190 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10191 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10192
10193 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10194 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10195 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10196 the same amount).
10197
10198 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10199
10200 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10201 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10202 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10203
10204 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10205 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10206 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10207 will remove any scaling currently active.
10208
10209 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10212 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10213 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10214
10215 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10216 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10217 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10218 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10219 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10220
10221 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10222 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10223
10224 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10225
10226 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10227 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10228
10229 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10230 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10231 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10232
10233 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10234 the face height as long as the input event read
10235 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10236
10237 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10238 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10239 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10240 will remove any scaling currently active.
10241
10242 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10243 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10244 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10245 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10246 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10247
10248 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10249
10250 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10251 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10252 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10253 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10254 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10255 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10256
10257 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10258
10259 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10260 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10261 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10262 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10263 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10264 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10265 `buffer-face-mode'.
10266
10267 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10268 local, and sets it to FACE.
10269
10270 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10271
10272 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10273 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10274 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10275 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10276 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10277 `face' text property.
10278
10279 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10280 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10281 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10282 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10283
10284 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10285 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10286
10287 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10290 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10291 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10292 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10293
10294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10295
10296 ;;;***
10297 \f
10298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 54478
10299 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
10300 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10301 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10302
10303 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10304 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10305 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10306 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10307
10308 \(fn)" nil nil)
10309
10310 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10311 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10312
10313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10314
10315 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10316 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10317 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10318 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10319
10320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10321
10322 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10323 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10324 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10325 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10326 backup file names and the like).
10327
10328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10329
10330 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10331 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10332 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10333 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10334 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10335 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10336 internally by feedmail):
10337
10338 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10339 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10340 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10341 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10342
10343 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10344 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10345 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10346 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10347 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10348
10349 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10350
10351 ;;;***
10352 \f
10353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21696 56380 925320 624000))
10354 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10355
10356 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10357 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10358 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10359 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10360 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10361 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10362 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10363
10364 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10365
10366 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10367 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10368 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10369 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10370 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10371 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10372 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10373
10374 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10375
10376 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10377
10378 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10379 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10380 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10381 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10382 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10383 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10384
10385 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10388 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10389 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10390 Return value:
10391 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10392 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10393 * otherwise, nil
10394
10395 \(fn E)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10398 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10399 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10400
10401 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10404 Try to get a file name at point.
10405 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10406
10407 \(fn)" nil nil)
10408
10409 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10410 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10411
10412 \(fn)" t nil)
10413
10414 ;;;***
10415 \f
10416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21670 32330 885624
10417 ;;;;;; 725000))
10418 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10419
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10421 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10422 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10423 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10424
10425 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10428 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10429 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10430 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10431 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10432 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10433
10434 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10437 Add FILE to the file cache.
10438
10439 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10440
10441 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10442 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10443 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10444
10445 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10448 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10449 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10450
10451 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10452
10453 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10454 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10455 This function does not use any external programs.
10456 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10457 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10458 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10459
10460 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10463 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10464 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10465 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10466 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10467 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10468 \(directories) is done.
10469
10470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10471
10472 ;;;***
10473 \f
10474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10475 ;;;;;; 752000))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10477
10478 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10479 Handle file system monitoring event.
10480 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10481
10482 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10483
10484 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10485
10486 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10487
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21670 32330 885624
10491 ;;;;;; 725000))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10493
10494 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10495 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10496
10497 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10498 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10499 Local Variables list.
10500
10501 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10502 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10503 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10504
10505 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10508 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10509
10510 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10513 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10514
10515 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10516 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10517 the -*- line.
10518
10519 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10520 then this function adds it.
10521
10522 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10523
10524 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10525 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10526
10527 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10528
10529 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10530 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10531
10532 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10533
10534 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10535 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10536
10537 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10540 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10541
10542 \(fn)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10545 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10546
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10548
10549 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10550 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10551
10552 \(fn)" t nil)
10553
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21670 32330 885624
10557 ;;;;;; 725000))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10559
10560 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10561 Filesets initialization.
10562 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10563
10564 \(fn)" nil nil)
10565
10566 ;;;***
10567 \f
10568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21670 32330 885624
10569 ;;;;;; 725000))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10571 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10572
10573 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10574 Initiate the building of a find command.
10575 For example:
10576
10577 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10578 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10579 (mtime \"+1\"))
10580 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10581
10582 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10583 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10584
10585 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10586
10587 ;;;***
10588 \f
10589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
10590 ;;;;;; 725000))
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10592
10593 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10594 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10595 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10596
10597 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10598
10599 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10600 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10601
10602 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10603
10604 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10605 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10606 and run Dired on those files.
10607 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10608 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10609
10610 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10611
10612 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10613
10614 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10615
10616 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10617 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10618 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10619
10620 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10621 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10622
10623 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10624 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10625
10626 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10627
10628 ;;;***
10629 \f
10630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10631 ;;;;;; 725000))
10632 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10633
10634 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10635 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10636 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10637 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10638 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10639 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10640 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10641
10642 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10643
10644 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10645 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10646 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10647
10648 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10649
10650 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10651
10652 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10653
10654 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10655 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10656 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10657
10658 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10659 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10660
10661 Variables of interest include:
10662
10663 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10664 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10665 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10666
10667 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10668 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10669 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10670
10671 - `ff-ignore-include'
10672 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10673
10674 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10675 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10676
10677 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10678 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10679
10680 - `ff-special-constructs'
10681 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10682 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10683 extracting the filename from that construct.
10684
10685 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10686 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10687
10688 - `ff-search-directories'
10689 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10690 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10691
10692 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10693 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10694
10695 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10696 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10697
10698 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10699 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10700
10701 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10702 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10703
10704 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10705 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10706
10707 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10710 Visit the file you click on.
10711
10712 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10715 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10716
10717 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10718
10719 ;;;***
10720 \f
10721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21700
10722 ;;;;;; 53432 444919 658000))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10724
10725 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10726 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10727 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10728
10729 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10730
10731 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10732 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10733 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10734 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10735
10736 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10737 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10738 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10739 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10740
10741 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10742
10743 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10744 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10745
10746 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10747 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10748 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10749 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10750
10751 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10752 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10753 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10754
10755 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10756 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10757 in `load-path'.
10758
10759 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10760
10761 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10762 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10763
10764 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10765 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10766 places point before the definition.
10767 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10768
10769 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10770 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10771 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10772
10773 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10774
10775 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10776 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10777
10778 See `find-function' for more details.
10779
10780 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10783 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10784
10785 See `find-function' for more details.
10786
10787 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10790 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10791
10792 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10793 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10794 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10795
10796 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10797 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10798
10799 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10800
10801 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10802 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10803
10804 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10805 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10806 places point before the definition.
10807
10808 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10809
10810 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10811 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10812 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10813
10814 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10817 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10818
10819 See `find-variable' for more details.
10820
10821 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10822
10823 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10824 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10825
10826 See `find-variable' for more details.
10827
10828 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10831 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10832 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10833 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10834 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10835 buffer nor display it.
10836
10837 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10838 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10839
10840 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10841
10842 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10843 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10844
10845 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10846 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10847 places point before the definition.
10848
10849 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10850
10851 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10852 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10853 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10854
10855 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10856
10857 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10858 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10859 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10860
10861 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10862
10863 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10864 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10865
10866 \(fn)" t nil)
10867
10868 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10869 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10870
10871 \(fn)" t nil)
10872
10873 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10874 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10875
10876 \(fn)" nil nil)
10877
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10881 ;;;;;; 725000))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10883
10884 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10885 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10886
10887 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10890 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10891
10892 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10893
10894 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10895 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10896
10897 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10898
10899 ;;;***
10900 \f
10901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10902 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10903 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10904
10905 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10906 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10907
10908 \(fn)" t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10911 Display FILE's commentary section.
10912 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10913
10914 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10915
10916 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10917 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10918
10919 \(fn)" t nil)
10920
10921 ;;;***
10922 \f
10923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
10924 ;;;;;; 725000))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10926
10927 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10928 Toggle flow control handling.
10929 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10930 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10931
10932 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10933
10934 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10935 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10936 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10937 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10938 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10939 to get the effect of a C-q.
10940
10941 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10942
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
10946 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
10947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10948
10949 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10950
10951
10952 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10953
10954 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10955
10956
10957 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10958
10959 ;;;***
10960 \f
10961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21670 32331
10962 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10964 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10965
10966 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10967 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10971 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10972
10973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10974
10975 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10976 Turn flymake mode on.
10977
10978 \(fn)" nil nil)
10979
10980 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10981 Turn flymake mode off.
10982
10983 \(fn)" nil nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10986
10987
10988 \(fn)" nil nil)
10989
10990 ;;;***
10991 \f
10992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21670 32331
10993 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10995
10996 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10997 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10998
10999 \(fn)" t nil)
11000 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11001
11002 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11003 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11007
11008 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11009 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11010 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11011
11012 Bindings:
11013 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11014 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11015 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11016 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11017
11018 Hooks:
11019 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11020
11021 Remark:
11022 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11023 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11024 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11025
11026 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11027 consider adding:
11028 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11029 in your init file.
11030
11031 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11032 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11033
11034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11035
11036 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11037 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11038
11039 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11042 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11043
11044 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045
11046 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11047 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11048
11049 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050
11051 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11052 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11053
11054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11055
11056 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11057 Flyspell whole buffer.
11058
11059 \(fn)" t nil)
11060
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21670 32330 885624
11064 ;;;;;; 725000))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11066 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11067
11068 ;;;***
11069 \f
11070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11072
11073 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11074 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11075
11076 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077
11078 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11079 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11080
11081 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082
11083 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11084 Toggle Follow mode.
11085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11086 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11087 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11088
11089 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11090 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11091
11092 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11093 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11094 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11095
11096 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11097 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11098 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11099 movement commands.
11100
11101 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11102 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11103 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11104 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11105 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11106 mileage may vary).
11107
11108 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11109 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11110
11111 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11112
11113 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11114
11115 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11116 \\{follow-mode-map}
11117
11118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11121 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11122
11123 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11124 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11125 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11126 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11127 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11128 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11129
11130 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11131 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11132 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11133
11134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11135
11136 ;;;***
11137 \f
11138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21670 32331
11139 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11141 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11142
11143 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11144 Toggle Footnote mode.
11145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11148
11149 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11150 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11151 play around with the following keys:
11152 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11153
11154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11155
11156 ;;;***
11157 \f
11158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11159 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11160
11161 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11162 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11163
11164 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11165 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11166 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11167 C-c < forms-first-record <
11168 C-c > forms-last-record >
11169 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11170 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11171 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11172 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11173 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11174 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11175 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11176 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11177 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11178 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11179
11180 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11183 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11184
11185 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11188 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11189
11190 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11191
11192 ;;;***
11193 \f
11194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21670 32331
11195 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11197
11198 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11199 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11200 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11201
11202 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11203 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11204
11205 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11206
11207 Key definitions:
11208 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11209
11210 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11211
11212 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11213 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11214 `fortran-do-indent'
11215 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11216 `fortran-if-indent'
11217 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11218 `fortran-structure-indent'
11219 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11220 (default 3)
11221 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11222 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11223 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11224 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11225 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11226 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11227 nil don't change the indentation
11228 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11229 value of either
11230 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11231 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11232 depending on the continuation format in use.
11233 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11234 indentation for a line of code.
11235 (default 'fixed)
11236 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11237 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11238 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11239 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11240 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11241 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11242 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11243 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11244 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11245 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11246 column 5.
11247 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11248 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11249 statements (default nil).
11250 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11251 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11252 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11253 `fortran-continuation-string'
11254 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11255 line (default \"$\").
11256 `fortran-comment-region'
11257 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11258 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11259 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11260 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11261 as typed (default t).
11262 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11263 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11264
11265 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11266 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11267
11268 \(fn)" t nil)
11269
11270 ;;;***
11271 \f
11272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11273 ;;;;;; 720000))
11274 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11275
11276 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11277 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11278
11279 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11280 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11281
11282 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11283
11284 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11285 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11286
11287 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11288 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11289
11290 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11293 Compile fortune file.
11294
11295 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11296 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11297
11298 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11299
11300 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11301 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11302
11303 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11304 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11305 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11306 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11307
11308 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11309
11310 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11311 Display a fortune cookie.
11312 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11313 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11314 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11315 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11316
11317 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11318
11319 ;;;***
11320 \f
11321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21670 32330 885624
11322 ;;;;;; 725000))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11324
11325 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11326 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11327 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11328
11329 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11330 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11331 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11332
11333 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11334 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11335
11336 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11337 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11338
11339 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11340 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11341 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11342 intend to modify existing values, do
11343
11344 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11345
11346 before changing anything.
11347
11348 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11349 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11350
11351 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11352 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11353 to restore the frame.
11354
11355 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11356 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11357 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11358
11359 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11360 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11361 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11362 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11363 FILTER A filter function.
11364
11365 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11366 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11367
11368 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11369
11370 where
11371
11372 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11373 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11374 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11375 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11376 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11377 before restoring it.
11378 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11379
11380 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11381 It must return:
11382 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11383 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11384 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11385
11386 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11387 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11388
11389 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11390 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11391 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11392 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11393 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11394 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11395 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11396
11397 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11398
11399 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11400 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11401
11402 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11403
11404 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11405 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11406 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11407 If nil, check all live frames.
11408
11409 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11410
11411 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11412 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11413 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11414 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11415 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11416 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11417 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11418 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11419 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11420 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11421 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11422
11423 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11424
11425 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11426 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11427
11428 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11429 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11430 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11431 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11432 and window-state is not restored.
11433
11434 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11435 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11436
11437 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11438 t All existing frames can be reused.
11439 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11440 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11441 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11442 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11443
11444 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11445 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11446 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11447 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11448 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11449 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11450 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11451 be created from that parameter alist.
11452
11453 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11454 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11455 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11456 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11457 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11458 - the live frame just restored,
11459 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11460 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11461 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11462
11463 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11464 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11465 nil Keep all frames.
11466 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11467 - FRAME, a live frame.
11468 - ACTION, which can be one of
11469 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11470 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11471 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11472 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11473 Return value is ignored.
11474
11475 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11476 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11477 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11478 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11479 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11480
11481 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11482
11483 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11484
11485 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11486 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11487 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11488
11489 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11490
11491 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11492 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11493 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11494
11495 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11496
11497 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11498 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11499 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11500 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11501
11502 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11503
11504 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11505
11506 ;;;***
11507 \f
11508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21696 56380
11509 ;;;;;; 925320 624000))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11511 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11512
11513 ;;;***
11514 \f
11515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21670 32331
11516 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11518
11519 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11520 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11521 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11522
11523 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11524
11525 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11526 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11527 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11528 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11529 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11530 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11531 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11532
11533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11534
11535 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11536 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11537 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11538 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11539
11540 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11541 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11542 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11543 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11544 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11545
11546 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11547 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11548 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11549 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11550
11551 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11552 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11553 shown in some of the buffers.
11554
11555 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11556
11557 The following commands help control operation :
11558
11559 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11560 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11561
11562 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11563 detailed description of this mode.
11564
11565
11566 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11567 | GDB Toolbar |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11570 | | |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11574 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11575 | | (comint-mode) |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11583 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11584 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11585 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11586 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11587 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11588
11589 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11590
11591 ;;;***
11592 \f
11593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11594 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11596
11597 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11598 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11599 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11600 instead (which see).")
11601
11602 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11603 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11604
11605 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11606 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11607 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11608 documentation string instead.
11609
11610 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11611 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11612 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11613 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11614 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11615 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11616 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11617 enders are actually possible.
11618
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11620 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11621
11622 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11623 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11625
11626 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11627 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11628 runs the macro expansion.
11629
11630 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11631 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11632 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11633
11634 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11635
11636 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11637
11638 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11639
11640 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11641
11642 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11643 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11644
11645 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11646
11647 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11648 Enter generic mode MODE.
11649
11650 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11651 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11652 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11653
11654 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11655 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11656
11657 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11658
11659 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11660 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11661 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11662 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11663 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11664 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11665 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11666 `font-lock-keywords'.
11667
11668 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11669
11670 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11671
11672 ;;;***
11673 \f
11674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11675 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11677
11678 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11679 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11681 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11682 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11683 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11684
11685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11686
11687 ;;;***
11688 \f
11689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11690 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11692
11693 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11694 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11695 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11696
11697 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11698
11699 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11700 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11701
11702 Guideline for numbers:
11703 1 - error messages
11704 3 - non-serious error messages
11705 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11706 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11707 9 - messages inside loops.
11708
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11710
11711 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11713 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11714
11715 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11716
11717 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11718 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11719
11720 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11723 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11724
11725 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11726 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11727 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11728 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11729 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11730 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11731
11732 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11733 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11734 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11735 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11736 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11737
11738 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11739
11740 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11741
11742 ;;;***
11743 \f
11744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11746 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11747 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11748 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11749
11750 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11751 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11752
11753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11754
11755 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11756 Read network news.
11757 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11758 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11759 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11760 name of an NNTP server to use.
11761 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11762 server.
11763
11764 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11765
11766 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11767 Read news as a slave.
11768
11769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11772 Pop up a frame to read news.
11773 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11774 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11775 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11776 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11777 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11778 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11779 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11780 current display is used.
11781
11782 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11783
11784 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11785 Read network news.
11786 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11787 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11788 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11789
11790 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11791
11792 ;;;***
11793 \f
11794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21670 32330
11795 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Start Gnus unplugged.
11800
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11804 Start Gnus plugged.
11805
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11807
11808 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11810
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11814 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11815
11816 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11817 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11818 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11819
11820 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11821 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11822 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11823
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11825
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11828
11829 \(fn)" nil nil)
11830
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11833 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11834 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11835 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11836 supported.
11837
11838 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11839
11840 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11841 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11842 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11843 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11844 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11845 supported.
11846
11847 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11848
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11851
11852 \(fn)" nil nil)
11853
11854 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11855 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11856 downloaded into the agent.
11857
11858 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11861 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11862 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11863 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11864
11865 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11869
11870 \(fn)" t nil)
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11874
11875 \(fn)" t nil)
11876
11877 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11878 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11879 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11880
11881 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11882
11883 ;;;***
11884 \f
11885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21670 32330
11886 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11888
11889 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11890 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11891
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11893
11894 ;;;***
11895 \f
11896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
11897 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11901 Set a bookmark for this article.
11902
11903 \(fn)" t nil)
11904
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11907
11908 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11911 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11912 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11913 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11914 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11915
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
11921 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11923
11924 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11925 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11926
11927 Usage:
11928 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11929
11930 \(fn)" t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Generate the cache active file.
11934
11935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11939
11940 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11943 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11944 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11945 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11946 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11947 supported.
11948
11949 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11950
11951 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11952 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11953 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11954 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11955 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11956 supported.
11957
11958 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11959
11960 ;;;***
11961 \f
11962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
11963 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11967 Delay this article by some time.
11968 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11969
11970 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11971 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11972
11973 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11974 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11975
11976 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11977 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11978
11979 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11980
11981 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11982 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11983
11984 \(fn)" t nil)
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11987 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11988 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11989 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11990
11991 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11992 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11993
11994 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11995
11996 ;;;***
11997 \f
11998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
11999 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12003
12004
12005 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12006
12007 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12008
12009
12010 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12011
12012 ;;;***
12013 \f
12014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12015 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12017
12018 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12019 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12020
12021 \(fn)" t nil)
12022
12023 ;;;***
12024 \f
12025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12026 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12028
12029 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12030 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12031
12032 \(fn)" t nil)
12033
12034 ;;;***
12035 \f
12036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21670 32330
12037 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12041 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12042
12043 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12044
12045 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12046
12047 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12048 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12049
12050 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12051
12052 \(fn)" t nil)
12053
12054 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12055 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12056
12057 \(fn)" t nil)
12058
12059 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12060 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12061
12062 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12063 different input formats.
12064
12065 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12066
12067 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12069
12070 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12071 different input formats.
12072
12073 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12074
12075 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12076 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12077 The PNG is returned as a string.
12078
12079 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12080
12081 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12082 Convert FILE to a Face.
12083 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12084 726 bytes.
12085
12086 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12089 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12090
12091 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12092
12093 \(fn)" t nil)
12094
12095 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12096 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12097
12098 \(fn)" nil nil)
12099
12100 ;;;***
12101 \f
12102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12103 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12105
12106 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12107 Display gravatar in the From header.
12108 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12109
12110 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12113 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12114 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12115
12116 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12117
12118 ;;;***
12119 \f
12120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21702 8774
12121 ;;;;;; 274627 813000))
12122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12123
12124 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12125 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12126 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12127 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12128
12129 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12130
12131 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12132 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12133
12134 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12135
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21670 32330
12139 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12141
12142 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12143
12144
12145 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12148
12149
12150 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12151
12152 ;;;***
12153 \f
12154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12155 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12157
12158 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12161 Run batched scoring.
12162 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12163
12164 \(fn)" t nil)
12165
12166 ;;;***
12167 \f
12168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12169 ;;;;;; 725000))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12171
12172 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12173
12174
12175 \(fn)" nil nil)
12176
12177 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12178 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12179 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12180
12181 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12182
12183 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12184 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12185
12186 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12187
12188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12189
12190 ;;;***
12191 \f
12192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12193 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12195
12196 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12197 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12198 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12199 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12200 group parameters.
12201
12202 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12203 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12204 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12205 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12206
12207 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12208 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12209 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12210 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12211 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12212 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12213 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12214 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12215 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12216 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12217
12218 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12219
12220 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12221 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12222 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12223 nil CATCH-ALL).
12224
12225 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12226 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12227
12228 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12229
12230 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12231 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12232 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12233
12234 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12235
12236 \(fn)" nil nil)
12237
12238 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12239 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12240 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12241
12242 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12243
12244 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12245 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12246 existing groups are considered.
12247
12248 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12249 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12250 returned.
12251
12252 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12253 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12254 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12255 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12256 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12257 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12258 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12259 clauses will be generated.
12260
12261 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12262 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12263 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12264 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12265 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12266 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12267
12268 For example, given the following group parameters:
12269
12270 nnml:mail.bar:
12271 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12272 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12273 nnml:mail.foo:
12274 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12275 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12276 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12277 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12278 nnml:mail.others:
12279 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12280
12281 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12282
12283 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12284 \"mail.bar\")
12285 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12286 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12287 \"mail.others\")
12288
12289 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12290
12291 ;;;***
12292 \f
12293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21670 32330
12294 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12298 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12299 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12300 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12301 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12302 instead.
12303
12304 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12307 Mail to ADDRESS.
12308
12309 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12312 Like `message-reply'.
12313
12314 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12315
12316 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12317
12318 ;;;***
12319 \f
12320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12321 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12325 Send a notification on new message.
12326 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12327 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12328 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12329
12330 This is typically a function to add in
12331 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12332
12333 \(fn)" nil nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336 \f
12337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12338 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12340
12341 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12342 Display picons in the From header.
12343 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12344
12345 \(fn)" t nil)
12346
12347 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12348 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12349 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12350
12351 \(fn)" t nil)
12352
12353 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12354 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12355 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12356
12357 \(fn)" t nil)
12358
12359 ;;;***
12360 \f
12361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12362 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12366 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12367 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12368 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12369
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12373 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12374 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12375 LIST1 is modified.
12376
12377 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12380 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12381 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12382
12383 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12384
12385 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12386
12387
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12391 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12392 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12393
12394 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12395
12396 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12397 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12398 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12399
12400 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12401
12402 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12403
12404 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12405 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12406 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12407
12408 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12409
12410 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12411 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12412 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12413
12414 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12417 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12418 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12419
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12421
12422 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12423 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12424
12425 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12426
12427 ;;;***
12428 \f
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21707
12430 ;;;;;; 26689 135319 638000))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12432
12433 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12434 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12435
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12437
12438 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12439 Install the registry hooks.
12440
12441 \(fn)" t nil)
12442
12443 ;;;***
12444 \f
12445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21670 32330
12446 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12447 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12448
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12450 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12451 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12452 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12453 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12454 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12455
12456 \(fn)" t nil)
12457
12458 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12459 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12460 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12461 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12462 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12463
12464 \(fn)" t nil)
12465
12466 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12467
12468
12469 \(fn)" t nil)
12470
12471 ;;;***
12472 \f
12473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12474 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12476
12477 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12478 Update the format specification near point.
12479
12480 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12481
12482 ;;;***
12483 \f
12484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21670 32330
12485 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12487
12488 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12489 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12490
12491 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12492
12493 ;;;***
12494 \f
12495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21670 32330
12496 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12500 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12501 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12502
12503 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12504
12505 ;;;***
12506 \f
12507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21670 32330
12508 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12510
12511 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12512 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12513
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12515
12516 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12517 Install the sync hooks.
12518
12519 \(fn)" t nil)
12520
12521 ;;;***
12522 \f
12523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12524 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12526
12527 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12528 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12529
12530 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12531
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21670 32331 385639
12535 ;;;;;; 720000))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12537
12538 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12539 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12540 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12541 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12542 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12543 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12544
12545 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12546
12547 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12548
12549 ;;;***
12550 \f
12551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21670 32331 385639
12552 ;;;;;; 720000))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12554
12555 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12556 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12557
12558 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12559 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12560 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12561
12562 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12563 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12564 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12565
12566 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12567 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12568
12569 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12570 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12571
12572 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12573
12574 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12575
12576 ;;;***
12577 \f
12578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12579 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12581
12582 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12583
12584 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12585 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12586 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12587 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12588 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12589
12590 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12591
12592 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12593 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12594 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12595 or to send e-mail.
12596 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12597 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12598
12599 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12600 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12601
12602 \(fn)" t nil)
12603 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12604
12605 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12606 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12607 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12608 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12609 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12610
12611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12612
12613 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12614 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12615
12616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12617
12618 ;;;***
12619 \f
12620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12621 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12623
12624 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12625 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12626 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12627
12628 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12629
12630 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12631 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12632
12633 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12634
12635 ;;;***
12636 \f
12637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21670 32331 385639
12638 ;;;;;; 720000))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12640
12641 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12642 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12643
12644 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12645
12646 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12647 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12648 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12649 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12650 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12651
12652 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12653 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12654 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12655
12656 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12657
12658 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12659 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12660 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12661 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12662 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12663
12664 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12665
12666 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12667 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12668
12669 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12670
12671 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12672 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12673
12674 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12675 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12676 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12677
12678 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12679 The default find program.
12680 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12681 and others.")
12682
12683 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12684 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12685 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12686 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12687
12688 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12689 How to invoke find and grep.
12690 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12691 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12692 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12693 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12694
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12696
12697 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12698 History list for grep.")
12699
12700 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12701 History list for grep-find.")
12702
12703 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12704 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12705 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12706
12707 \(fn)" nil nil)
12708
12709 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12710
12711
12712 \(fn)" nil nil)
12713
12714 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12715 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12716
12717 \(fn)" nil nil)
12718
12719 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12720 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12721 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12722 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12723 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12724
12725 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12726 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12727
12728 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12729 can easily repeat a grep command.
12730
12731 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12732 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12733 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12734 list is empty).
12735
12736 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12737
12738 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12739 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12740 Collect output in a buffer.
12741 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12742 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12743
12744 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12745 easily repeat a find command.
12746
12747 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748
12749 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12750
12751 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12752 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12753 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12754 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12755 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12756
12757 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12758 before it is executed.
12759 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12760
12761 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12762 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12763 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12764
12765 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12766
12767 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12768
12769 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12770 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12771 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12772 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12773 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12774
12775 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12776 before it is executed.
12777 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12778
12779 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12780 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12781 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12782 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12783
12784 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12785
12786 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12787 to specify a command to run.
12788
12789 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12790
12791 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12792 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12793 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12794 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12795
12796 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12797
12798 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12799
12800 ;;;***
12801 \f
12802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12804
12805 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12806 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12807 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12808 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12809 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12810
12811 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12812
12813 ;;;***
12814 \f
12815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21670 32331 385639
12816 ;;;;;; 720000))
12817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12818
12819 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12820 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12822 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12823
12824 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12825
12826 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12827 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12828 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12829 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12830
12831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12834 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12835 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12836 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837
12838 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839
12840 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12841 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12842 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12843 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844
12845 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12846 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12847
12848 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12849
12850 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12851 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12852 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12853 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12854
12855 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856
12857 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12858 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12859 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12860 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12861
12862 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863
12864 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12865 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12866 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12867 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868
12869 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12872 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12873 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12874 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12875 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12876
12877 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12878 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12879 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12880 original source file access method.
12881
12882 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12883 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12884
12885 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12886
12887 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12888 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12889
12890 \(fn)" t nil)
12891
12892 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12893 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12894 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12897 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12898
12899 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12900
12901 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12902 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12904 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12905 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12906
12907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908
12909 ;;;***
12910 \f
12911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21670 32330 885624
12912 ;;;;;; 725000))
12913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12914
12915 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12916 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12917 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12918 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12919 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12920 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12921 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12922 set it to.
12923 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12924
12925 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12926
12927 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12928 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12929 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12930 of PLACE.
12931 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12932 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12933 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12934 and SETTER.
12935 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12936 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12937
12938 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12939
12940 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12941
12942 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12943 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12944 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12945 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12946 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12947
12948 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12949
12950 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12951
12952 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12953
12954
12955 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12956
12957 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12958
12959 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12960
12961 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12962 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12963 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12964 well for simple place forms.
12965 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12966 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12967 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12968 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12969 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12970 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12971 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12972
12973 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12974
12975 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12976
12977 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12978 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12979 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12980 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12981 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12982
12983 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12984 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12985 (let ((temp VAL))
12986 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12987 temp)
12988 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12989
12990 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12991
12992 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12993 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12994 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12995 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12996 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12997 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12998
12999 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13000
13001 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13002
13003 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13004 Return a reference to PLACE.
13005 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13006 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13007 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13008 binding mode.
13009
13010 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13011
13012 ;;;***
13013 \f
13014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21670 32331
13015 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13017
13018 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13019 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13020 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13021 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13022
13023 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13024 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13025 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13026 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13027
13028 \(fn)" t nil)
13029
13030 ;;;***
13031 \f
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 54478 800121
13033 ;;;;;; 42000))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13035
13036 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13037 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13038
13039 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13040
13041 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13042 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13043 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13044 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13045
13046 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13047
13048 \(fn)" t nil)
13049
13050 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13051 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13052 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13053 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13054 to be updated.
13055
13056 \(fn)" t nil)
13057
13058 ;;;***
13059 \f
13060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13061 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13063
13064 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13065 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13066
13067 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13068
13069 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13070 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13071 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13072
13073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13074
13075 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13076 Verify a hashcash payment
13077
13078 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13079
13080 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13081 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13082 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13083 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13084 `mail-add-payment-async').
13085
13086 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13087
13088 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13089 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13090 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13091 Calculation is asynchronous.
13092
13093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13094
13095 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13096 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13097 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13098
13099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13100
13101 ;;;***
13102 \f
13103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13104 ;;;;;; 720000))
13105 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13106
13107 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13108 Return the help-echo string at point.
13109 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13110 property, or nil, is returned.
13111 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13112 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13113 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13114
13115 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13116
13117 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13118 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13119 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13120 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13121 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13122
13123 \(fn)" nil nil)
13124
13125 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13126 Display local help in the echo area.
13127 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13128 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13129 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13130 printed instead.
13131
13132 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13133 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13134 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13135
13136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13139 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13140 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13141
13142 \(fn)" t nil)
13143
13144 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13145 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13146 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13147
13148 \(fn)" t nil)
13149
13150 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13151 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13152 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13153 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13154 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13155 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13156 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13157 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13158 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13159 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13160 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13161
13162 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13163 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13164 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13165 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13166 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13167
13168 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13169 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13170 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13171 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13172 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13173 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13174 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13175 The default is `never'.")
13176
13177 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13180 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13181 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13182 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13183 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13184 considered different regions.
13185
13186 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13187 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13188 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13189 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13190 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13191 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13192 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13193 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13194 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13195
13196 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13197
13198 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13199 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13200 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13201 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13202 different regions.
13203
13204 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13205 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13206 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13207 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13208 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13209 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13210 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13211 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13212
13213 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13214 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13215 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13216 rarely happens in practice.
13217
13218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13219
13220 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13221 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13222 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13223 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13224 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13225 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13228
13229 ;;;***
13230 \f
13231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21690 17600 745361
13232 ;;;;;; 875000))
13233 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13234
13235 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13236 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13237
13238 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13239
13240 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13241 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13242 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13243
13244 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13245
13246 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13247 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13248 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13249 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13250 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13251 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13252 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13253
13254 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13255 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13256 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13257 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13258 suitable file is found, return nil.
13259
13260 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13261
13262 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13263
13264
13265 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13266
13267 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13268 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13269 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13270 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13271
13272 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13273
13274 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13275 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13276 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13277 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13278 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13279 it is displayed along with the global value.
13280
13281 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13282
13283 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13284 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13285 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13286 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13287
13288 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13289
13290 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13291 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13292 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13293 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13294 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13295
13296 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13299 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13300
13301 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13302
13303 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13304 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13305
13306 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13307
13308 ;;;***
13309 \f
13310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13311 ;;;;;; 720000))
13312 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13313
13314 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13315 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13316 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13317 window listing and describing the options.
13318 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13319 gives the window that lists the options.")
13320
13321 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13322
13323 ;;;***
13324 \f
13325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21690 17600 745361
13326 ;;;;;; 875000))
13327 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13328
13329 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13330 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13331 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13332 Commands:
13333 \\{help-mode-map}
13334
13335 \(fn)" t nil)
13336
13337 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13338
13339
13340 \(fn)" nil nil)
13341
13342 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13343
13344
13345 \(fn)" nil nil)
13346
13347 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13348 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13349
13350 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13351 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13352 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13353 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13354
13355 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13356 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13357 restore it properly when going back.
13358
13359 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13360
13361 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13362 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13363 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13364 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13365 from `help-mode'.
13366 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13367 it does not already exist.
13368
13369 \(fn)" nil nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13372 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13373
13374 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13375 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13376 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13377 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13378 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13379 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13380 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13381 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13382
13383 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13384 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13385 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13386 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13387
13388 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13389 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13390 that.
13391
13392 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13393
13394 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13395 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13396 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13397 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13398 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13399 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13400
13401 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13402
13403 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13404 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13405 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13406 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13407 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13408
13409 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13412 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13413
13414 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13415
13416 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13417 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13418 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13419 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13420
13421 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13422
13423 ;;;***
13424 \f
13425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13426 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13428
13429 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13430 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13431
13432 \(fn)" t nil)
13433
13434 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13435 Provide help for current mode.
13436
13437 \(fn)" t nil)
13438
13439 ;;;***
13440 \f
13441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
13442 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13443
13444 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13445 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13446 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13447 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13448 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13449
13450 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13451 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13452
13453 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13454 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13455 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13456 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13457
13458 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13459 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13460 periods.
13461
13462 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13463 in hexl format.
13464
13465 A sample format:
13466
13467 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13468 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13469 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13470 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13471 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13472 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13473 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13474 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13475 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13476 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13477 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13478 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13479 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13480 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13481 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13482
13483 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13484 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13485 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13486
13487 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13488 also supported.
13489
13490 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13491
13492 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13493 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13494 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13495
13496 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13497 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13498 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13499
13500 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13501 into the buffer at the current point.
13502
13503 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13504 into the buffer at the current point.
13505
13506 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13507 into the buffer at the current point.
13508
13509 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13510
13511 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13512 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13513
13514 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13515
13516 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13517
13518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13519
13520 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13521 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13522 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13523 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13524
13525 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13526
13527 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13528 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13529 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13530
13531 \(fn)" t nil)
13532
13533 ;;;***
13534 \f
13535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21670 32331 385639
13536 ;;;;;; 720000))
13537 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13538
13539 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13540 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13544
13545 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13546 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13547 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13548 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13549
13550 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13551 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13552 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13553 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13554
13555 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13556 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13557 which can be called interactively, are:
13558
13559 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13560 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13561
13562 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13563 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13564 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13565 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13566
13567 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13568 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13569
13570 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13571 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13572 available face automatically.
13573
13574 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13575 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13576
13577 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13578 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13579 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13580 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13581 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13582 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13583 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13584 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13585 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13586 function returns t.
13587
13588 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13589 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13590
13591 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13592 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13593 form:
13594 Hi-lock: FOO
13595
13596 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13597 position (number of characters into buffer)
13598 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13599 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13600 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13601
13602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13603
13604 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13605 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13606 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13607 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13608 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13609 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13610
13611 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13612
13613 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13614 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13615 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13616 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13617 ARG is omitted or nil.
13618
13619 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13620 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13621 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13622
13623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13624
13625 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13626
13627 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13628 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13629 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13630 Use the global history list for FACE.
13631
13632 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13633 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13634 highlighting will not update as you type.
13635
13636 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13637
13638 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13639
13640 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13641 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13642 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13643 Use the global history list for FACE.
13644
13645 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13646 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13647 highlighting will not update as you type.
13648
13649 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13650
13651 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13652
13653 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13654 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13655 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13656 Use the global history list for FACE.
13657
13658 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13659 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13660 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13661
13662 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13663 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13664 highlighting will not update as you type.
13665
13666 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13667
13668 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13669
13670 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13671 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13672 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13673 unless you use a prefix argument.
13674 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13675
13676 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13677 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13678
13679 \(fn)" t nil)
13680
13681 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13682
13683 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13684 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13685 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13686 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13687 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13688 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13689
13690 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13691
13692 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13693 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13694
13695 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13696 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13697 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13698
13699 \(fn)" t nil)
13700
13701 ;;;***
13702 \f
13703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21670 32331
13704 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13706
13707 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13708 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13710 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13711 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13712
13713 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13714 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13715 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13716 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13717
13718 `hide-ifdef-env'
13719 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13720 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13721 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13722 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13723 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13724 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13725 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13726
13727 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13728 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13729 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13730 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13731 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13732
13733 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13734 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13735 #endif lines when hiding.
13736
13737 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13738 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13739 is activated.
13740
13741 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13742 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13743 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13744
13745 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13746
13747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13748
13749 ;;;***
13750 \f
13751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13752 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13754
13755 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13756 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13757 Each element has the form
13758 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13759
13760 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13761 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13762
13763 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13764 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13765
13766 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13767 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13768 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13769 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13770 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13771 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13772
13773 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13774 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13775
13776 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13777 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13778
13779 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13780 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13781 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13782
13783 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13784 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13786 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13787 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13788
13789 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13790 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13791 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13792
13793 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13794 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13795 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13796
13797 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13798 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13799
13800 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13801
13802 Key bindings:
13803 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13804
13805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13806
13807 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13808 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13809
13810 \(fn)" nil nil)
13811
13812 ;;;***
13813 \f
13814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21670 32331 385639
13815 ;;;;;; 720000))
13816 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13817
13818 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13819 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13821 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13822 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13823
13824 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13825 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13826 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13827 this on and off.
13828
13829 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13830 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13831 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13832 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13833 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13834 through various faces.
13835 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13836 buffer with the contents of a file
13837 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13838
13839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13842 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13844 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13845 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13846
13847 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13848 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13849 in a distinctive face.
13850
13851 The default value can be customized with variable
13852 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13853
13854 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13855
13856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13859 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13860 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13861
13862 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13863
13864 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13865 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13866
13867 \(fn)" t nil)
13868
13869 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13870 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13871
13872 \(fn)" t nil)
13873
13874 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13875 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13876
13877 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13878 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13879 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13880 shown in the last face in the list.
13881
13882 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13883 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13884 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13885
13886 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13887
13888 \(fn)" t nil)
13889
13890 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13891 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13892
13893 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13894
13895 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13896 to save the file.
13897
13898 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13899 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13900
13901 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13902 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13903 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13904
13905 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13906
13907 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13908 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13909
13910 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13911 this function is called interactively.
13912
13913 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13914 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13915 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13916
13917 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13918 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13919 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13920
13921 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13922
13923 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13924 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13925 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13927 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13928 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13929
13930 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13931
13932 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13933 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13934 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13935 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13936 ARG is omitted or nil.
13937
13938 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13939 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13940 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13941
13942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13943
13944 ;;;***
13945 \f
13946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21670 32331 385639
13947 ;;;;;; 720000))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13949 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13950
13951 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13952 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13953 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13954 or insert functions in this list.")
13955
13956 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13957
13958 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13959 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13960 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13961 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13962 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13963 expansions.
13964 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13965 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13966 undoes the expansion.
13967
13968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13969
13970 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13971 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13972 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13973 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13974
13975 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13976
13977 ;;;***
13978 \f
13979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
13980 ;;;;;; 720000))
13981 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13982
13983 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13984 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13985 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13986 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13987 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13988
13989 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13990 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13991 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13992 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13993 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13994 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13995
13996 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13997 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13998 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13999 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14000
14001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14002
14003 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14004 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14005 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14008 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14009
14010 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14011
14012 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14013 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14015 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14016 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14017
14018 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14019 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14020 windows.
14021
14022 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14023 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14024
14025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14026
14027 ;;;***
14028 \f
14029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21670 32330
14030 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14032
14033 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14034 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14035 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14036
14037 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14038
14039 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14040
14041 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14042 Oriental holidays.
14043 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14044
14045 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14046
14047 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14048
14049 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14050 Local holidays.
14051 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14052
14053 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14054
14055 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14056
14057 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14058 User defined holidays.
14059 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14060
14061 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14062
14063 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14066 Jewish holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14074 Christian holidays.
14075 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14076
14077 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14078
14079 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14080
14081 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14082 Islamic holidays.
14083 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14084
14085 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14086
14087 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14088
14089 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14090 Bahá'í holidays.
14091 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14092
14093 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14094
14095 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14096
14097 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14098 Sun-related holidays.
14099 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14100
14101 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14102
14103 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14104
14105 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14106
14107 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14108 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14109 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14110 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14111
14112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14113
14114 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14115 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14116 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14117 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14118 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14119
14120 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14121 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14122
14123 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14124 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14125
14126 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14127 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14128 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14129 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14130 of a holiday list.
14131
14132 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14133
14134 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14135
14136 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14137
14138 ;;;***
14139 \f
14140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14141 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14143
14144 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14145 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14146
14147 \(fn)" t nil)
14148
14149 ;;;***
14150 \f
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21670 32624
14152 ;;;;;; 385626 484000))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14154 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14155
14156 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14157 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14158 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14159 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14160 as possible.
14161
14162 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14163 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14164 fontified display.
14165
14166 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14167 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14168
14169 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14170 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14171 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14172
14173 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14174
14175 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14176 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14177 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14178
14179 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14180
14181 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14182
14183 ;;;***
14184 \f
14185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14186 ;;;;;; 720000))
14187 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14188
14189 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14190 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14191
14192 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14193 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14194 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14195
14196 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14197 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14198 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14199 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14200 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14201 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14202
14203 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14204 title of the column.
14205
14206 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14207 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14208 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14209 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14210 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14211
14212 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14213
14214 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14215
14216 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14217 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14218 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14219 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14220 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14221
14222 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14223 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14224 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14225
14226 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14227
14228 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14229
14230 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14231
14232 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14233 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14234 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14235 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14236 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14237 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14238
14239 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14240 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14241 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14242 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14243 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14244 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14245 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14246 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14247 values are:
14248 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14249 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14250 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14251 buffer's modification flag.
14252 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14253 prompted before performing this operation.
14254 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14255 operation is complete, in the form:
14256 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14257 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14258 confirmation message, in the form:
14259 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14260 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14261 macro for exactly what it does.
14262
14263 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14264
14265 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14266
14267 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14268
14269 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14270 Define a filter named NAME.
14271 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14272 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14273 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14274
14275 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14276 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14277 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14278 bound to the current value of the filter.
14279
14280 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14281
14282 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14283
14284 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14285
14286 ;;;***
14287 \f
14288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21670 32624 385626
14289 ;;;;;; 484000))
14290 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14291
14292 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14293 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14294 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14295 buffers which are visiting a file.
14296
14297 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14300 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14301 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14302 buffers which are visiting a file.
14303
14304 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14307 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14308 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14309
14310 All arguments are optional.
14311 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14312 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14313 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14314 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14315 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14316 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14317 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14318 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14319 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14320 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14321 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14322 that value locally in this buffer.
14323
14324 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14325
14326 ;;;***
14327 \f
14328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21670
14329 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14331 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14332
14333 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14334 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14335 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14336 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14337
14338 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14339
14340 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14341 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14342 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14343 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14344 ICAL-FILENAME.
14345 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14346 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14347 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14348
14349 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14350
14351 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14352 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14353 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14354 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14355 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14356 non-marking or not.
14357
14358 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14359
14360 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14361 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14362
14363 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14364 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14365 DIARY-FILE.
14366
14367 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14368 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14369 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14370
14371 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14372 non-marking.
14373
14374 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14375 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14376 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14377
14378 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14379
14380 ;;;***
14381 \f
14382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21670 32331 385639
14383 ;;;;;; 720000))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14385
14386 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14387 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14388 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14391 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14392
14393 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14394
14395 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14396 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14398 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14399 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14400
14401 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14402 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14403 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14404 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14405
14406 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14407 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14408
14409 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14410 completions:
14411
14412 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14413
14414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14415 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14416 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14417 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14418 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14419
14420 ;;;***
14421 \f
14422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14423 ;;;;;; 720000))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14425
14426 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14427 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14428 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14429 Tab indents for Icon code.
14430 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14431 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14432 \\{icon-mode-map}
14433 Variables controlling indentation style:
14434 icon-tab-always-indent
14435 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14436 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14437 icon-auto-newline
14438 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14439 inserted in Icon code.
14440 icon-indent-level
14441 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14442 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14443 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14444 icon-continued-statement-offset
14445 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14446 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14447 icon-continued-brace-offset
14448 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14449 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14450 icon-brace-offset
14451 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14452 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14453 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14454 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14455
14456 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14457 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14458
14459 \(fn)" t nil)
14460
14461 ;;;***
14462 \f
14463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21670
14464 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
14465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14466
14467 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14468 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14469 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14470 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14471
14472 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14473 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14474 separate frames.
14475
14476 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14477 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14478
14479 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14480 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14481 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14482
14483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14484
14485 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14486
14487 ;;;***
14488 \f
14489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21670 32331
14490 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
14491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14492 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14493
14494 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14495 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14496
14497 The main features of this mode are
14498
14499 1. Indentation and Formatting
14500 --------------------------
14501 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14502 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14503
14504 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14505 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14506 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14507 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14508
14509 Comments are indented as follows:
14510
14511 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14512 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14513 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14514
14515 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14516
14517 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14518 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14519 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14520 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14521 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14522 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14523
14524 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14525 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14526 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14527 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14528
14529 2. Routine Info
14530 ------------
14531 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14532 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14533 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14534 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14535 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14536 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14537 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14538 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14539 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14540 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14541
14542 3. Online IDL Help
14543 ---------------
14544
14545 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14546 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14547 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14548 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14549
14550 4. Completion
14551 ----------
14552 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14553 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14554 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14555 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14556 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14557 upper case.
14558
14559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14560 --------------------------------
14561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14563
14564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14565 \\fu FUNCTION template
14566 \\c CASE statement template
14567 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14568 \\f FOR loop template
14569 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14570 \\w WHILE loop template
14571 \\i IF statement template
14572 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14573 \\b BEGIN
14574
14575 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14576 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14577
14578 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14579 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14580 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14581 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14582
14583 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14584 -------------------------
14585 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14586 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14587
14588 7. Automatic END completion
14589 ------------------------
14590 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14591 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14592
14593 8. Hooks
14594 -----
14595 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14596 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14597
14598 9. Documentation and Customization
14599 -------------------------------
14600 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14601 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14602 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14603 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14604 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14605 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14606
14607 10.Keybindings
14608 -----------
14609 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14610 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14611 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14612
14613 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14614
14615 \(fn)" t nil)
14616
14617 ;;;***
14618 \f
14619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21694 14651 747488 989000))
14620 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14621
14622 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14623 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14624 The following values are possible:
14625 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14626 displaying...)
14627 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14628 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14629 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14630
14631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14632 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14633
14634 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14635
14636 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14637 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14638 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14639 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14640 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14641 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14642 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14643 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14644 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14645
14646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14647
14648 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14649 Switch to another buffer.
14650 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14651 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14652 in another frame.
14653
14654 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14655 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14656 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14657 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14658 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14659
14660 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14661 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14662
14663 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14664
14665 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14666 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14667 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14668 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14669 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14670 in a separate window.
14671 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14672 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14673 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14676 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14677 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14678 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14679 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14680
14681 \(fn)" t nil)
14682
14683 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14684 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14685 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14686 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14687
14688 \(fn)" t nil)
14689
14690 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14691 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14692 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14693 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14694
14695 \(fn)" t nil)
14696
14697 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14698 Kill a buffer.
14699 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14700 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14701
14702 \(fn)" t nil)
14703
14704 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14705 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14706 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14707 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14708
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14710
14711 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14712 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14713 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14714 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14719 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14720
14721 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14722
14723 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14724 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14725 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14726 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14727 in another frame.
14728
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14730 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14731 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14732 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14733 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14734 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14735
14736 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14737 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14738
14739 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14740
14741 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14742 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14743 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14744 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14745 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14746 in a separate window.
14747 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14748 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14749 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14750 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14751 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14752 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14753 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14754 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14755 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14756 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14757 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14758 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14759 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14760 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14761 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14762 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14763 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14764 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14765
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14767
14768 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14769 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14770 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14772
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14776 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14779
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14783 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14790 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14797 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14800
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14804 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14811 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14818 Write current buffer to a file.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14821
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14825 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14828
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14832 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14833 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14835
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14839 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14840 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14841 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14842 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14843 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14844
14845 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14846
14847 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14848 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14849 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14850 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14851
14852 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14853
14854 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14855 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14856 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14857 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14858
14859 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14860
14861 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14862 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14863 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14864 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14865 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14866 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14867 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14868 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14869 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14870 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14871 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14872 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14873 with point positioned at the end.
14874 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14875 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14876
14877 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14878
14879 ;;;***
14880 \f
14881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21695 35516 595262 313000))
14882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14883
14884 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14885 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14886 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14887 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14888
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14890
14891 ;;;***
14892 \f
14893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14894 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14895
14896 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14897
14898 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14899 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14903 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14904
14905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14906
14907 ;;;***
14908 \f
14909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
14910 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14911
14912 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14913 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14914 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14915 be determined.
14916
14917 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14920 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14921 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14922 be determined.
14923
14924 \(fn)" nil nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14927 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14928 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14929 be determined.
14930
14931 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14934 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14935 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14936 be determined.
14937
14938 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14941 Determine and return image type.
14942 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14943 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14944 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14945 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14946 use its file extension as image type.
14947 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14948
14949 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14952 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14953 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14954
14955 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14956
14957 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14958 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14959 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14960
14961 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14962 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14963 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14964 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14965 must be available.
14966
14967 \(fn)" nil nil)
14968
14969 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14970 Create an image.
14971 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14972 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14973 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14974 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14975 use its file extension as image type.
14976 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14977 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14978 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14979 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14980
14981 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14982
14983 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14984 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14985 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14986
14987 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14988
14989 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14990 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14991 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14992 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14993 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14994 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14995 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14996 POS may be an integer or marker.
14997 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14998 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14999 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15000 means display it in the right marginal area.
15001
15002 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15003
15004 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15005 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15006 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15007 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15008 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15009 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15010 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15011 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15012 means display it in the right marginal area.
15013 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15014 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15015 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15016 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15017 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15018
15019 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15020
15021 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15022 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15023 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15024 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15025 STRING is a single space.
15026 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15027 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15028 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15029 means display it in the right marginal area.
15030 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15031
15032 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15035 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15036 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15037 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15038
15039 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15040
15041 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15042 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15043
15044 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15045
15046 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15047 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15048 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15049 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15050 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15051 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15052 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15053 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15054 satisfied.
15055
15056 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15057
15058 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15059
15060 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15061
15062 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15063 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15064
15065 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15066 documentation string.
15067
15068 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15069 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15070 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15071 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15072 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15073 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15074 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15075 define SYMBOL.
15076
15077 Example:
15078
15079 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15080 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15081
15082 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15083
15084 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15085
15086 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15087 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15088 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15089 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15090
15091 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15092 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15093 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15094 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15095
15096 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15097
15098 \(fn)" nil nil)
15099
15100 ;;;***
15101 \f
15102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15103 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15104 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15105 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15106
15107 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15108 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15109 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15110 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15111 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15112 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15113
15114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15115
15116 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15117 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15118
15119 Convenience command that:
15120
15121 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15122 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15123 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15124
15125 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15126 image files in dired and type
15127 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15128
15129 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15130
15131 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15132 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15133
15134 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15135
15136 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15137 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15138 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15139 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15140 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15141 another one).
15142
15143 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15144 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15145 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15146
15147 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15148 instead of erasing it first.
15149
15150 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15151 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15152 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15153 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15154 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15155 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15156
15157 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15160 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15161 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15162 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15163 displayed.
15164
15165 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15166
15167 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15168
15169 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15172 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15173
15174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15177 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15178 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15179
15180 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15181
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15183 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15184
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15186
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15188 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15189 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15190 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15191
15192 \(fn)" t nil)
15193
15194 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15195 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15196
15197 \(fn)" t nil)
15198
15199 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15200 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15201
15202 \(fn)" t nil)
15203
15204 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15205 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15206
15207 \(fn)" t nil)
15208
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15210 Display current image file.
15211 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15212 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15213
15214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15215
15216 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15217 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15218
15219 \(fn)" t nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15222 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15223 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15224 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15225 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15226 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15227 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15228
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15232 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15233 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15234 easy-to-use form.
15235
15236 \(fn)" t nil)
15237
15238 ;;;***
15239 \f
15240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15241 ;;;;;; 720000))
15242 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15243
15244 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15245 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15246 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15247 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15248
15249 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15250 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15251 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15252 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15253
15254 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15255
15256 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15257 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15258 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15259 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15260
15261 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15262 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15263 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15264 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15265
15266 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15267
15268 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15269 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15270
15271 \(fn)" nil nil)
15272
15273 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15274 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15275 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15276 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15277
15278 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15279
15280 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15281 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15282 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15283 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15284 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15285 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15286
15287 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15290 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15291 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15292 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15293 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15294
15295 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15296 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15297 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15298
15299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15300
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21670 32331 385639
15304 ;;;;;; 720000))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15306
15307 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15308 Major mode for image files.
15309 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15310 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15311
15312 Key bindings:
15313 \\{image-mode-map}
15314
15315 \(fn)" t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15318 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15322
15323 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15324 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15325 actual image.
15326
15327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15328
15329 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15330 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15331 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15332 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15333 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15334 to display an image file as the actual image.
15335
15336 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15337 to display an image file as text initially.
15338
15339 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15340 on these modes.
15341
15342 \(fn)" t nil)
15343
15344 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15345
15346
15347 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15348
15349 ;;;***
15350 \f
15351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15352 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15353
15354 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15355 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15356
15357 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15358
15359 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15360 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15361 in the buffer.
15362
15363 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15364
15365 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15366 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15367 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15368
15369 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15370
15371 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15372 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15373 Each element of this list should have the form
15374
15375 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15376
15377 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15378 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15379 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15380 matches are put).
15381 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15382 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15383 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15384 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15385 another element.
15386 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15387 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15388 the menu item.
15389 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15390 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15391 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15392 the ARGUMENTS.
15393
15394 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15395 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15396 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15397
15398 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15399 create a buffer index.
15400
15401 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15402 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15403 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15404 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15405 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15406
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15408
15409 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15410 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15411
15412 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15413 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15414 called within a `save-excursion'.
15415
15416 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15417
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15419
15420 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15421 Function for finding the next index position.
15422
15423 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15424 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15425 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15426 file.
15427
15428 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15429 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15430
15431 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15432
15433 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15434 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15435
15436 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15437 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15438 It should return the name for that index item.")
15439
15440 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15441
15442 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15443 Function to compare string with index item.
15444
15445 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15446 non-nil if they match.
15447
15448 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15449 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15450 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15451 arguments match\".")
15452
15453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15454
15455 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15456 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15457 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15458
15459 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15460 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15461
15462 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15463
15464 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15465
15466 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15467 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15468 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15469 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15470
15471 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15472
15473 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15474 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15475
15476 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15477
15478 \(fn)" t nil)
15479
15480 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15481 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15482 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15483 for more information.
15484
15485 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15486
15487 ;;;***
15488 \f
15489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15490 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15492
15493 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15494 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15495
15496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15497
15498 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15499
15500
15501 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15502
15503 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15504
15505
15506 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15507
15508 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15509
15510
15511 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15512
15513 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15514 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15515
15516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15517
15518 ;;;***
15519 \f
15520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21670 32331
15521 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15523
15524 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15525 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15526 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15527 to that buffer.
15528 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15529 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15530 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15531 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15532
15533 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15534
15535 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15536
15537 ;;;***
15538 \f
15539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15541
15542 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15543 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15544 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15545 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15546 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15547 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15548 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15549 first in this list.
15550
15551 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15552 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15553 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15554 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15555 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15556
15557 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15558 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15559 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15560
15561 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15562 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15563
15564 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15565 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15566
15567 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15568 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15569 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15570 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15571 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15572 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15573 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15574 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15575 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15576 with the top-level Info directory.
15577
15578 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15579 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15580
15581 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15582
15583 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15584 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15585 in all the directories in that path.
15586
15587 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15588
15589 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15592 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15593
15594 \(fn)" t nil)
15595
15596 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15597 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15598
15599 \(fn)" t nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15602 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15603 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15604 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15605
15606 \(fn)" nil nil)
15607
15608 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15609 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15610 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15611 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15612
15613 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15614
15615 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15616 Go to the Info directory node.
15617
15618 \(fn)" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15621 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15622 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15623 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15624 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15625 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15626
15627 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15630 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15631 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15632
15633 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15636 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15637 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15638 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15639 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15640
15641 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15642
15643 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15644 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15645 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15646 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15647 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15648
15649 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15650 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15651
15652 Selecting other nodes:
15653 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15654 Follow a node reference you click on.
15655 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15656 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15657 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15658 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15659 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15660 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15661 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15662 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15663 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15664 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15665 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15666 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15667 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15668 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15669 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15670 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15671 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15672 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15673 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15674 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15675
15676 Moving within a node:
15677 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15678 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15679 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15680 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15681 move up to the parent node.
15682 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15683 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15684 if there is none.
15685 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15686
15687 Advanced commands:
15688 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15689 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15690 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15691 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15692 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15693 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15694 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15695 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15696 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15697 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15698 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15699 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15700 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15701 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15702 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15703 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15704
15705 \(fn)" t nil)
15706 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15707
15708 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15709 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15710 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15711 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15712 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15713 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15714
15715 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15716 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15717
15718 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15719 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15720 KEY is a string.
15721 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15722 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15723 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15724 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15725
15726 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15729 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15730 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15731
15732 \(fn)" t nil)
15733
15734 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15735 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15736 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15737
15738 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15741 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15742 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15743 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15744 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15745 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15746
15747 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15748
15749 ;;;***
15750 \f
15751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21670 32331 385639
15752 ;;;;;; 720000))
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15754
15755 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15756 Throw away all cached data.
15757 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15758 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15759 system.
15760
15761 \(fn)" t nil)
15762 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15765 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15766 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15767 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15768 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15769 one found at point.
15770
15771 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15772
15773 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15775
15776 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15777 Display the documentation of a file.
15778 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15779 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15780 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15781 The default file name is the one found at point.
15782
15783 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15784
15785 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15786
15787 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15788 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15789
15790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15793 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15794
15795 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15796
15797 ;;;***
15798 \f
15799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21670 32331 385639
15800 ;;;;;; 720000))
15801 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15802 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15803
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15805 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15806 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15807 current info file is the default.
15808
15809 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15810 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15811 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15812 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15813 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15814
15815 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15816 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15817 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15818 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15819 mistake in the reference.
15820
15821 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15822 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15823 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15824
15825 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15826 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15827 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15828 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15829
15830 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15831
15832 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15833 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15834 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15835 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15836 checked.
15837
15838 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15839 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15840 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15841 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15842 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15843 should be harmless.
15844
15845 \(fn)" t nil)
15846
15847 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15848 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15849 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15850 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15851
15852 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15853 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15854 and can take a long time.
15855
15856 \(fn)" t nil)
15857
15858 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15859 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15860 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15861
15862 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15863
15864 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15865 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15866
15867 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15868 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15869 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15870 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15871 all builtins).
15872
15873 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15874 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15875 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15876 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15877 the sources handy.
15878
15879 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
15884 ;;;;;; 720000))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15886
15887 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15888 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15889
15890 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15891
15892 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15893 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15894
15895 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15896
15897 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15898 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15899 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15900 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15901
15902 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15903 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15904 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15905
15906 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15907 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15908 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15909 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15910
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15912
15913 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15914 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15915 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15916
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15918
15919 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15920 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15921 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15922 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15923 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15924
15925 \(fn)" nil nil)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
15930 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15932
15933 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15934
15935
15936 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15937
15938 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15939
15940 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15941
15942 ;;;***
15943 \f
15944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
15945 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
15946 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15947 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15948
15949 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15950 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15951 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15952
15953 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15954
15955 ;;;***
15956 \f
15957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
15958 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
15959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15960
15961 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15962 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15963
15964 \(fn)" t nil)
15965
15966 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15967 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15968
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15972
15973
15974 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15975
15976 ;;;***
15977 \f
15978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21670 32331 385639
15979 ;;;;;; 720000))
15980 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15981 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15982
15983 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15984 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15985 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15986 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15987 accessed via isearchb.
15988
15989 \(fn)" t nil)
15990
15991 ;;;***
15992 \f
15993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
15994 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
15995 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15996
15997 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16007 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16015 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16016 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16018
16019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16023 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16026
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16031 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16032 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16034
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16039 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16040 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16041 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16042
16043 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16047 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16048 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16050
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16055 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16056 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16057
16058 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16059
16060 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16061 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16062 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16064
16065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16066
16067 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16068 Warn that format is read-only.
16069
16070 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16071
16072 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16073 Warn that format is write-only.
16074
16075 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16079
16080 \(fn)" t nil)
16081
16082 ;;;***
16083 \f
16084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16085 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16086 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16087 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16088 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16089
16090 ;;;***
16091 \f
16092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21670 32331
16093 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16095
16096 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16097
16098 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16099 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16100 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16101 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16102 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16103
16104 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16105
16106 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16107
16108 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16109 Key map for ispell menu.")
16110
16111 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16112 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16113 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16114 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16115
16116 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16117
16118 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16119
16120 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16121
16122 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16123
16124 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16125 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16126 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16127 Valid forms include:
16128 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16129 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16130 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16131 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16132
16133 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16134 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16135 First list is used raw.
16136 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16137
16138 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16139 for skipping in latex mode.")
16140
16141 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16142 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16143 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16144 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16145 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16146 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16147 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16148
16149 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16150 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16151 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16152 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16153
16154 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16155 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16156 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16157 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16158 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16159
16160 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16161 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16162
16163 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16164 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16165
16166 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16167 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16168
16169 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16170 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16171
16172 Return values:
16173 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16174 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16175 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16176 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16177 quit spell session exited.
16178
16179 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16180
16181 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16182 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16183 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16184
16185 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16186
16187 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16188 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16189
16190 Selections are:
16191
16192 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16193 SPC: Accept word this time.
16194 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16195 `a': Accept word for this session.
16196 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16197 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16198 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16199 `?': Show these commands.
16200 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16201 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16202 the aborted check to be completed later.
16203 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16204 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16205 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16206 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16207 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16208 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16209 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16210
16211 \(fn)" nil nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16214 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16215 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16216 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16217
16218 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16219
16220 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16221 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16222 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16223 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16224
16225 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16226
16227 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16230 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16231 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16232 amount for last line processed.
16233
16234 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16235
16236 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16237 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16238
16239 \(fn)" t nil)
16240
16241 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16242 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16243
16244 \(fn)" t nil)
16245
16246 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16247 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16248 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16249
16250 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16251
16252 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16253 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16254
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16258 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16259 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16260 sequence inside of a word.
16261
16262 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16263
16264 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16267 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16268
16269 \(fn)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16272 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16273 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16274 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16275
16276 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16277 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16278 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16279 available on the net.
16280
16281 \(fn)" t nil)
16282
16283 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16284 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16285 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16286 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16287 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16288
16289 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16290 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16291 spelled.
16292
16293 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16294 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16295 SPC.
16296
16297 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16298 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16299
16300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16303 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16304 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16305 Don't check included messages.
16306
16307 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16308 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16309 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16310
16311 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16312 in your init file:
16313 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16314 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16315 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16316 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16317
16318 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16319 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16320 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16321
16322 \(fn)" t nil)
16323
16324 ;;;***
16325 \f
16326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16327 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16329
16330 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16331
16332
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16334
16335 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16336 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16337 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16338 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16339 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16340 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16341 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16342 necessary to represent OBJ.
16343
16344 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16348 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16349 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16350
16351 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16352
16353 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16354 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16355 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16356 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16357 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16358
16359 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16360
16361 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16363 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16364 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16365
16366 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16367
16368 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16369 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16370 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16371 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16372
16373 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16374
16375 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16376 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16377
16378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16379
16380 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16381 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16382 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16383 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16384 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16385
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16390 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16391 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16392 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16393
16394 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16397 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16398 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16399
16400 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16401
16402 ;;;***
16403 \f
16404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16405 ;;;;;; 720000))
16406 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16407
16408 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16409 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16410 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16411 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16412
16413 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16414
16415
16416 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16417
16418 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16419 Uninstall jka-compr.
16420 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16421 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16422 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16423
16424 \(fn)" nil nil)
16425
16426 ;;;***
16427 \f
16428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21681 2618 385332 620000))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16430 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16431
16432 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16433 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16434
16435 \(fn)" t nil)
16436 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16437
16438 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16439
16440 ;;;***
16441 \f
16442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16444 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16445
16446 ;;;***
16447 \f
16448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16449 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16450 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16451
16452 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16453 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16454 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16455 decimal key must be specified.")
16456
16457 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16458
16459 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16460 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16461 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16462 decimal key must be specified.")
16463
16464 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16465
16466 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16467 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16468 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16469 decimal key must be specified.")
16470
16471 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16472
16473 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16474 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16475 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16476 decimal key must be specified.")
16477
16478 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16479
16480 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16481 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16482 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16483 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16484 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16485 keys are bound.
16486
16487 Setup Binding
16488 -------------------------------------------------------------
16489 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16490 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16491 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16492 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16493 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16494 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16495 in the global and local keymaps.
16496
16497 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16498 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16499
16500 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16501
16502 ;;;***
16503 \f
16504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16505 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16506 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16507
16508 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16509 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16510 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16511
16512 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16513 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16514 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16515 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16516 shorter.
16517
16518 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16519 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16520 the context of text formatting.
16521
16522 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16523
16524 ;;;***
16525 \f
16526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21670 32331 385639
16527 ;;;;;; 720000))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16529
16530 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16531 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16532 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16533 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16534 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16535 positions that contains the current selection.")
16536
16537 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16538 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16539 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16540 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16541 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16542 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16543 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16544
16545 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16546
16547 ;;;***
16548 \f
16549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16552 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16553 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16554 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16555 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16556 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16557 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16558
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16560 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16561 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16562
16563 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16564
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16566 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16567 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16568 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16569 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16570
16571 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16572
16573 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16574 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16575 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16576
16577 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16578 defining the macro.
16579
16580 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16581 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16582 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16583
16584 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16585 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16586
16587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16588
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16590 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16591 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16592 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16593 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16594 under that name.
16595
16596 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16597 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16598 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16599
16600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16601
16602 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16603 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16604 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16605 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16606
16607 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16608 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16609 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16610 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16611
16612 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16613 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16614
16615 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16618 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16619 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16620
16621 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16622 macro.
16623
16624 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16625 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16626
16627 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16628 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16629 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16630
16631 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16632 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16633
16634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16635
16636 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16637 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16638 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16639 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16640
16641 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16644 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16645 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16646 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16647
16648 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16649 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16650
16651 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16652
16653 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16654 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16655 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16656
16657 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16658
16659 ;;;***
16660 \f
16661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16662 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16663 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16664
16665 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16666 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16667 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16668
16669 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16670
16671
16672 \(fn)" nil nil)
16673
16674 ;;;***
16675 \f
16676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21670 32331
16677 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16679 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16680
16681 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16682
16683 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16684 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16685
16686 \(fn)" t nil)
16687
16688 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16689 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16690 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16691 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16692
16693 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16694 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16695 none / 1 | yes | no
16696 2 | yes | yes
16697 3 | no | yes
16698 4 | no | no
16699
16700 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16701 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16702 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16703
16704 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16705
16706 ;;;***
16707 \f
16708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16709 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16710 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16711
16712 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16713
16714
16715 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16716
16717 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16718 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16719 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16720 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16721 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16722 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16723
16724 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16725 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16726
16727 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16728
16729 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16730 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16731
16732 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16733
16734 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16735
16736
16737 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16738
16739 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16740
16741
16742 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16743
16744 ;;;***
16745 \f
16746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16747 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16748 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16749
16750 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16751 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16752 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16753 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16754
16755 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16756
16757 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16758 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16759 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16760
16761 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16762
16763 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16764 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16765 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16766
16767 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16768
16769 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16770 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16771 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16772 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16773
16774 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16775
16776 ;;;***
16777 \f
16778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16779 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16781
16782 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16783 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16784 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16785 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16786 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16787 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16788 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16789 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16790
16791 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16792 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16793
16794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16795 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16796
16797 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16798
16799 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16800 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16801 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16802 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16803 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16804 `latin1-display-setup'.
16805
16806 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16807
16808 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16809 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16810 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16811 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16812
16813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16814 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16815
16816 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16817
16818 ;;;***
16819 \f
16820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16821 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16823
16824 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16825 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16826
16827 \(fn)" t nil)
16828
16829 ;;;***
16830 \f
16831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16832 ;;;;;; 720000))
16833 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16834 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16835
16836 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16837 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16838 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16839 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16840
16841 For instance, the following code
16842
16843 (let-alist alist
16844 (if (and .title .body)
16845 .body
16846 .site
16847 .site.contents))
16848
16849 essentially expands to
16850
16851 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16852 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16853 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16854 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16855 (if (and .title .body)
16856 .body
16857 .site
16858 .site.contents))
16859
16860 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16861 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16862 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16863 displayed in the example above.
16864
16865 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16866
16867 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16868
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16873
16874 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16875 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16876 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16877 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16878 generations (this defaults to 1).
16879
16880 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16881
16882 ;;;***
16883 \f
16884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16886 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16887
16888 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16889 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16890 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16891 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16892 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16893
16894 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16895
16896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16897
16898 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16899 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16900 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16902 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16903 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16904
16905 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16906
16907 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16908 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16909 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16910 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16911 ARG is omitted or nil.
16912
16913 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16914 `linum-on' would do it.
16915 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16916
16917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16918
16919 ;;;***
16920 \f
16921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21670 32331 385639
16922 ;;;;;; 720000))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16924
16925 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16926 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16927 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16928 is nil, raise an error.
16929
16930 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16931 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16932 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16933 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16934 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16935 defined by the library.
16936
16937 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16938 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16939 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16940 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16941 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16942 proceeds.
16943
16944 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16945 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16946 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16947 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16948
16949 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16950
16951 ;;;***
16952 \f
16953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16955
16956 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16957 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16958 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16959
16960 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16961
16962 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16963 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16964 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16965 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16966
16967 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16968 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16969 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16970 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16971 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16972 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16973 the version.)
16974
16975 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16976 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16977
16978 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16979 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16980
16981 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16982 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16983
16984 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16985
16986 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16987 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16988 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16989 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16990 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16991 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16992 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16993 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16994 to constrain a big search.
16995
16996 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16997
16998 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16999 except that FILTER is not optional.
17000
17001 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17002
17003 ;;;***
17004 \f
17005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21670 32331 885635
17006 ;;;;;; 586000))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17008
17009 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17010 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17011 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17012 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17013 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17014 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17015 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17016 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17017 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17018 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17019
17020 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17021 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17022 associated values:
17023 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17024 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17025 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17026 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17027 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17028
17029 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17030 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17031 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17032
17033 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17034
17035 ;;;***
17036 \f
17037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21670 32331 885635
17038 ;;;;;; 586000))
17039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17040
17041 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17042 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17043
17044 \(fn)" t nil)
17045
17046 ;;;***
17047 \f
17048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17049 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17050
17051 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17052 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17053
17054 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17055 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17056
17057 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17058 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17059 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17060
17061 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17062 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17063
17064 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17065 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17066 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17067 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17068 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17069 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17070 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17071
17072 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17073
17074 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17075 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17076 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17077 switch on this list.
17078 See `lpr-command'.")
17079
17080 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17081
17082 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17083 Name of program for printing a file.
17084
17085 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17086 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17087 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17088 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17089 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17090 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17091 argument.")
17092
17093 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17094
17095 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17096 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17097 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17098 for customization of the printer command.
17099
17100 \(fn)" t nil)
17101
17102 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17103 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17104
17105 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17106 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17107 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17108 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17109
17110 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17111 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17112
17113 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17114 for further customization of the printer command.
17115
17116 \(fn)" t nil)
17117
17118 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17119 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17120 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17121 for customization of the printer command.
17122
17123 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17124
17125 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17126 Paginate and print the region contents.
17127
17128 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17129 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17130 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17131 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17132
17133 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17134 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17135
17136 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17137 for further customization of the printer command.
17138
17139 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17140
17141 ;;;***
17142 \f
17143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21670 32331 385639
17144 ;;;;;; 720000))
17145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17146
17147 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17148 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17149 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17150
17151 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17152
17153 ;;;***
17154 \f
17155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17156 ;;;;;; 725000))
17157 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17158
17159 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17160 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17161 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17162 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17163
17164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17165
17166 ;;;***
17167 \f
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17169 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17171
17172 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17173 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17174
17175 \(fn)" t nil)
17176
17177 ;;;***
17178 \f
17179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17180 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17181
17182 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17183 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17184 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17185 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17186 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17187
17188 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17189
17190 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17191 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17192 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17193 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17194 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17195
17196 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17197 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17198 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17199 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17200 bindings.
17201
17202 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17203 use this command, and then save the file.
17204
17205 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17206
17207 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17208 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17209 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17210 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17211 each time the macro executes.
17212 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17213 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17214 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17215 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17216 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17217 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17218 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17219
17220 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17221
17222 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17223 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17224 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17225 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17226
17227 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17228 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17229 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17230 execute.
17231
17232 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17233 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17234
17235 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17236 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17237 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17238 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17239 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17240
17241 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17242 looked like this:
17243
17244 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17245 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17246 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17247
17248 You could enter the names in this format:
17249
17250 foo
17251 bar
17252 baz
17253
17254 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17255
17256 \\C-x (
17257 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17258 \\C-x )
17259
17260 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17261 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17262
17263 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17264 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17265
17266 ;;;***
17267 \f
17268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17269 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17270 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17273 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17274 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17275 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17276 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17277 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17278
17279 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17280 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17281 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17282 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17283 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17284
17285 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17286 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17287 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17288 consing a string.)
17289
17290 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17291
17292 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17293 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17294
17295 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17296
17297 ;;;***
17298 \f
17299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17300 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17302
17303 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17304 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17305
17306 \(fn)" nil nil)
17307
17308 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17309
17310
17311 \(fn)" nil nil)
17312
17313 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17314 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17315
17316 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17317
17318 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17319 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17320 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17321 message.
17322
17323 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17324
17325 \(fn)" nil nil)
17326
17327 ;;;***
17328 \f
17329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21670 32331
17330 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17332
17333 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17334 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17335 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17336 often correct parser.")
17337
17338 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17339
17340 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17341 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17342 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17343 a value which excludes your own email address.
17344
17345 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17346 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17347
17348 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17349
17350 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17351 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17352
17353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17356 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17357 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17358 we return it unconverted.
17359
17360 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17361 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17362
17363 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17364
17365 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17366 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17367 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17368 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17369
17370 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17371
17372 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17373 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17374 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17375 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17376
17377 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17378
17379 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17380 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17381 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17382 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17383 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17384 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17385 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17386 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17387 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17388 as Rmail does.
17389
17390 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17391
17392 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17393 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17394 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17395 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17396 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17397 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17398 matches may be returned from the message body.
17399
17400 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17401
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21670 32331
17405 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17406 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17407
17408 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17409 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17410 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17413 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17414
17415 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17418 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17419 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17420 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17421 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17422
17423 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17424 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17425 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17426 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17427
17428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17429
17430 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17431 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17432
17433 \(fn)" nil nil)
17434
17435 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17436 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17437 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17438
17439 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17440
17441 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17442 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17443 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17444
17445 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17446 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17447 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17448 double-quotes.
17449
17450 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17451
17452 ;;;***
17453 \f
17454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21670 32331
17455 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17457
17458 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17459 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17460 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17461 king@grassland.com
17462 If `parens', they look like:
17463 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17464 If `angles', they look like:
17465 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17466
17467 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17468
17469 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17470 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17471 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17472 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17473 their `Resent-' variants.
17474
17475 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17476 removed from alias expansions.
17477
17478 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17479
17480 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17481 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17482 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17483
17484 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17485 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17486 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17487 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17488
17489 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17490
17491 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17492 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17493 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17494
17495 \(fn)" nil nil)
17496
17497 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17498 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17499 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17500 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17501
17502 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17503
17504 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17505
17506 ;;;***
17507 \f
17508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17509 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17511
17512 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17513 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17514 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17515 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17516
17517 \(fn)" nil nil)
17518
17519 ;;;***
17520 \f
17521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21670
17522 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17524
17525 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17526 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17527
17528 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17529 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17530 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17531 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17532 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17533 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17534
17535 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17536 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17537 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17538 dependency, despite the colon.
17539
17540 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17541
17542 In the browser, use the following keys:
17543
17544 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17545
17546 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17547
17548 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17549 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17550
17551 `makefile-target-colon':
17552 The string that gets appended to all target names
17553 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17554 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17555
17556 `makefile-macro-assign':
17557 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17558 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17559 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17560 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17561 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17562 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17563
17564 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17565 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17566 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17567
17568 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17569 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17570
17571 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17572 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17573 up or down in the browser.
17574
17575 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17576 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17577
17578 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17579 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17580
17581 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17582 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17583 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17584 has been selected in the browser.
17585
17586 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17587 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17588 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17589 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17590 filenames are omitted.
17591
17592 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17593 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17594 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17595 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17596 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17597 the backslash itself intact.
17598 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17599 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17600
17601 `makefile-browser-hook':
17602 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17603 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17604
17605 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17606 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17607 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17608 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17609
17610 \(fn)" t nil)
17611
17612 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17613 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17614
17615 \(fn)" t nil)
17616
17617 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17618 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17619
17620 \(fn)" t nil)
17621
17622 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17623 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17624
17625 \(fn)" t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17628 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17629
17630 \(fn)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17633 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17634
17635 \(fn)" t nil)
17636
17637 ;;;***
17638 \f
17639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17640 ;;;;;; 720000))
17641 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17642
17643 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17644 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17645 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17646
17647 \(fn)" t nil)
17648
17649 ;;;***
17650 \f
17651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17653
17654 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17655
17656 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17657 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17658 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17659 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17660 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17661 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17662 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17663 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17664 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17665 without running the man command.
17666
17667 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17668 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17669 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17670
17671 cat(1)
17672 1 cat
17673
17674 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17675 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17676 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17677 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17678
17679 -a chmod
17680
17681 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17682 otherwise look like a page name.
17683
17684 /my/file/name.1.gz
17685 -l somefile.1
17686
17687 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17688 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17689 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17690
17691 -k pattern
17692
17693 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17696 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17697
17698 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17699
17700 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17701 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17702
17703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17704
17705 ;;;***
17706 \f
17707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17708 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17709 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17710
17711 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17712 Toggle Master mode.
17713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17716
17717 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17718 using the following commands:
17719
17720 \\{master-mode-map}
17721
17722 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17723 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17724 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17725
17726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17727
17728 ;;;***
17729 \f
17730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17731 ;;;;;; 720000))
17732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17733
17734 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17735 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17736 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17737 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17738 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17739 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17740
17741 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17742
17743 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17744 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17745 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17746 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17747 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17748
17749 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17750 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17751 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17752 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17753
17754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17755
17756 ;;;***
17757 \f
17758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17759 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17760 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17761
17762 ;;;***
17763 \f
17764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21706 5826 304666
17765 ;;;;;; 725000))
17766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17767
17768 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17769
17770 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17771 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17772 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17773 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17774 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17775 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17776 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17777 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17778 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17779 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17780 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17781 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17782 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17783 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17784 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17785 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17786 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17787 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17788 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17789 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17790 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17791 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17792 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17793 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17794 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17795 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17796 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17797 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17798 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17799 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17800 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17801 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17802 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17803 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17804 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17805 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17806 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17807 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17808
17809 \(fn)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17812 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17813 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17814 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17815 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17816
17817 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17818
17819 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17820 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17821
17822 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17825 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17826
17827 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17830 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17831
17832 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17835 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17836 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17837
17838 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17841 Cancel an article you posted.
17842 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17843
17844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17845
17846 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17847 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17848 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17849 header line with the old Message-ID.
17850
17851 \(fn)" t nil)
17852
17853 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17854 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17855
17856 \(fn)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17859 Forward the current message via mail.
17860 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17861 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17862
17863 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17866
17867
17868 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17869
17870 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17871
17872
17873 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17876 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17877
17878 \(fn)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17881 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17882
17883 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17884
17885 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17886 Re-mail the current message.
17887 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17888 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17889 you.
17890
17891 \(fn)" t nil)
17892
17893 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17894 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17895
17896 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17899 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17900
17901 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17902
17903 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17904 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17905
17906 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17907
17908 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17909 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17910
17911 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17912
17913 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17914 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17915 Works by overstriking characters.
17916 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17917 which specify the range to operate on.
17918
17919 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17920
17921 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17922 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17923 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17924 which specify the range to operate on.
17925
17926 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17927
17928 ;;;***
17929 \f
17930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
17931 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
17932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17933 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17934
17935 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17936 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17937
17938 \(fn)" t nil)
17939
17940 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17941 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17942
17943 \(fn)" t nil)
17944
17945 ;;;***
17946 \f
17947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21670 32331
17948 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17950
17951 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17952 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17953 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17954
17955 \(fn)" t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17958 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17959 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17960 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17961 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17962 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17963 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17964
17965 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17968 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17969 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17970 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17971 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17972 means current).
17973 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17974 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17975
17976 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17977
17978 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17979 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17980 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17981 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17982 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17983 means current).
17984 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17985 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17986
17987 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17988
17989 ;;;***
17990 \f
17991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21670 32331 385639
17992 ;;;;;; 720000))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17994
17995 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17996 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17997 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17998
17999 \(fn)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18002 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18003 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18004
18005 \(fn)" t nil)
18006
18007 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18008 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18009
18010 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18011 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18012 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18013
18014 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18015 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18016
18017 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18018 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18019
18020 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18021
18022 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18023
18024 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18025 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18026 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18027 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18028 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18029 as `compose-mail'.
18030
18031 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18032 initial Subject field, respectively.
18033
18034 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18035 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18036 are strings.
18037
18038 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18039 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18040
18041 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18042
18043 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18044 Save draft and send message.
18045
18046 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18047 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18048 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18049 Mail Delivery*\".
18050
18051 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18052 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18053 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18054
18055 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18056 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18057 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18058 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18059 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18060 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18061
18062 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18063 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18064
18065 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18066 message and scan line.
18067
18068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18071 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18072
18073 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18074 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18075 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18076 delete the draft message.
18077
18078 \(fn)" t nil)
18079
18080 ;;;***
18081 \f
18082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18084 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18085
18086 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18087
18088 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18089
18090 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18091
18092 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18093 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18094
18095 \(fn)" t nil)
18096
18097 ;;;***
18098 \f
18099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18100 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18102
18103 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18104 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18106
18107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18108 the MH mail system.
18109
18110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18113 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18114 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18115
18116 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18117 the MH mail system.
18118
18119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18120
18121 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18122 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18123
18124 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18125 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18126 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18127 separate command.
18128
18129 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18130 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18131 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18132 format.
18133
18134 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18135
18136 Ranges
18137 ======
18138 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18139 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18140 can be used in several ways.
18141
18142 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18143 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18144 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18145 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18146 page):
18147
18148 <num1>-<num2>
18149 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18150 The range must be nonempty.
18151
18152 <num>:N
18153 <num>:+N
18154 <num>:-N
18155 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18156 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18157 last.
18158
18159 first:N
18160 prev:N
18161 next:N
18162 last:N
18163 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18164
18165 all
18166 All of the messages.
18167
18168 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18169 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18170
18171 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18172 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18173 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18174
18175 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18176
18177 \(fn)" t nil)
18178
18179 ;;;***
18180 \f
18181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21670 32331 385639
18182 ;;;;;; 720000))
18183 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18184
18185 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18186 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18187 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18188 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18189 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18190 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18191 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18192 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18193 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18194 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18195 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18196
18197 \(fn)" t nil)
18198
18199 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18200 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18201 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18202 to its second argument TM.
18203
18204 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18205
18206 ;;;***
18207 \f
18208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18209 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18210 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18211
18212 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18213 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18214 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18216 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18217 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18218
18219 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18220
18221 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18222 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18224 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18225 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18226
18227 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18228 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18229 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18230 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18231 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18232 is modified to remove the default indication.
18233
18234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18235
18236 ;;;***
18237 \f
18238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18239 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18240
18241 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18242 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18243 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18244 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18245 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18246 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18247 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18248 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18249 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18250
18251 \(fn)" t nil)
18252
18253 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18254 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18255 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18256 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18257 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18258 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18259 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18260 The return value is always nil.
18261
18262 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18263
18264 ;;;***
18265 \f
18266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21691 38459 74604
18267 ;;;;;; 918000))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18269 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18270
18271 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18272 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18273
18274 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18275 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18276 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18277 next occurrence.
18278
18279 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18280 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18281 end of the search space).
18282
18283 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18284 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18285 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18286 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18287 should return the previous buffer to search.
18288
18289 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18290 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18291 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18292
18293 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18294 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18295 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18296 Isearch starts.")
18297
18298 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18299 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18300 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18301
18302 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18303
18304 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18305
18306 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18307 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18308 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18309
18310 \(fn)" nil nil)
18311
18312 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18313 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18314 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18315 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18316 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18317 whose names match the specified regexp.
18318
18319 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18320
18321 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18322 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18323 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18324 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18325 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18326 whose names match the specified regexp.
18327
18328 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18329
18330 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18331 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18332 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18333 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18334 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18335 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18336 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18337
18338 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18339
18340 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18341 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18342 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18343 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18344 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18345 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18346 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18347
18348 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18349
18350 ;;;***
18351 \f
18352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18353 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18355 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18356
18357 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18358 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18359
18360 \(fn)" t nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18365 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18367
18368 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18369 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18370
18371 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18372
18373 ;;;***
18374 \f
18375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18376 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18378
18379 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18380 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18381
18382 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18383
18384 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18385 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18386 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18387 the entire message.
18388 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18389
18390 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18391
18392 ;;;***
18393 \f
18394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18395 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18397
18398 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18399 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18400 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18401 the entire message.
18402 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18403
18404 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18405
18406 ;;;***
18407 \f
18408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18409 ;;;;;; 720000))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18411
18412 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18413 Insert file contents of URL.
18414 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18415
18416 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18417
18418 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18419 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18420
18421 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18422
18423 ;;;***
18424 \f
18425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21670 32331 385639
18426 ;;;;;; 720000))
18427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18428
18429 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18430 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18431 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18432 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18433 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18434
18435 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18438 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18439 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18440
18441 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18442
18443 ;;;***
18444 \f
18445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18447
18448 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18449 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18450
18451 \(fn)" nil nil)
18452
18453 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18454 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18455 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18456 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18457 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18458
18459 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18460 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18461 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18462 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18463 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18464 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18465
18466 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18467
18468 ;;;***
18469 \f
18470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18471 ;;;;;; 720000))
18472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18473
18474 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18475
18476
18477 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18478
18479 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18480
18481
18482 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18483
18484 ;;;***
18485 \f
18486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18487 ;;;;;; 720000))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18489
18490 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18491
18492
18493 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18494
18495 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18496
18497
18498 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18499
18500 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18501
18502
18503 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18504
18505 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18506
18507
18508 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18509
18510 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18511
18512
18513 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18514
18515 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18516
18517
18518 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18519
18520 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18521
18522
18523 \(fn)" nil nil)
18524
18525 ;;;***
18526 \f
18527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21670 32330
18528 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18530
18531 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18532
18533 ;;;***
18534 \f
18535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18536 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18538
18539 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18540
18541 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18542 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18543 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18544 followed by the first character of the construct.
18545 \\<m2-mode-map>
18546 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18547 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18548 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18549 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18550 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18551 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18552 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18553 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18554 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18555 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18556 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18557 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18558 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18559 \\[m2-link] link
18560
18561 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18562 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18563 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18564
18565 \(fn)" t nil)
18566
18567 ;;;***
18568 \f
18569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21670 32331 385639
18570 ;;;;;; 720000))
18571 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18572
18573 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18574 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18575
18576 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18577
18578 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18579 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18580
18581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18582
18583 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18584 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18585
18586 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18589 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18590
18591 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18592
18593 ;;;***
18594 \f
18595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21670 32331 385639
18596 ;;;;;; 720000))
18597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18598
18599 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18600 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18601
18602 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18603 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18604 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18605
18606 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18607 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18608 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18609
18610 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18611 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18612
18613 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18614 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18615 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18616 hemisphere you're in.)
18617
18618 To test this function, evaluate:
18619 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18620
18621 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18622
18623 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18624 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18625
18626 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18627 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18628
18629 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18630 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18631 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18632
18633 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18634 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18635
18636 To test this function, evaluate:
18637 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18638
18639 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18640
18641 ;;;***
18642 \f
18643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18645
18646 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18647 Main entry point for MPC.
18648
18649 \(fn)" t nil)
18650
18651 ;;;***
18652 \f
18653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18655
18656 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18657 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18658
18659 \(fn)" t nil)
18660
18661 ;;;***
18662 \f
18663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18665
18666 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18667 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18668 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18671 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18672
18673 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18676 Toggle Msb mode.
18677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18678 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18679 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18680
18681 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18682 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18683
18684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18685
18686 ;;;***
18687 \f
18688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21670
18689 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18691
18692 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18693 Display a list of all character sets.
18694
18695 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18696 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18697 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18698 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18699 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18700
18701 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18702 but still shows the full information.
18703
18704 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18705
18706 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18707 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18708 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18709
18710 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18711 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18712 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18713 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18714 meanings of these arguments.
18715
18716 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18717
18718 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18719 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18720
18721 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18725
18726 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18730
18731 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18735
18736 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18737 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18738 in place of `..':
18739 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18740 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18741 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18742 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18743 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18744 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18745 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18746 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18747 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18748 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18749 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18750 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18751 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18752 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18753 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18754 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18755
18756 \(fn)" t nil)
18757
18758 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18759 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18760
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18764 Display a list of all coding systems.
18765 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18766
18767 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18768 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18769
18770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18773 Display a list of all coding categories.
18774
18775 \(fn)" nil nil)
18776
18777 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18778 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18779 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18780
18781 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18782
18783 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18784 Display information about FONTSET.
18785 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18786
18787 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18788
18789 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18790 Display a list of all fontsets.
18791 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18792 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18793 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18794
18795 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18798 Display information about all input methods.
18799
18800 \(fn)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18803 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18804
18805 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18806 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18807 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18808 system which uses fontsets).
18809
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18813 Show log of font listing and opening.
18814 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18815 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18816
18817 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18818
18819 ;;;***
18820 \f
18821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21670
18822 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18823 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18824
18825 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18826 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18827
18828 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18829 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18830
18831 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18832 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18833
18834 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18837 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18838 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18839 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18840 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18841 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18842 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18843
18844 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18845 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18846 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18847 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18848 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18849 middle of a character in STR.
18850
18851 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18852 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18853
18854 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18855 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18856 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18857 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18858 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18859
18860 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18861
18862 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18863 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18864
18865 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18866 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18867 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18868
18869 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18870 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18871 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18872
18873 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18874 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18875 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18876 are considered.
18877 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18878 longer than KEYSEQ.
18879 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18880
18881 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18882
18883 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18884 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18885 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18886 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18887 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18888 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18889 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18890 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18891 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18892 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18893 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18894
18895 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18896
18897 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18898 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18899
18900 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18901
18902 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18903 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18904
18905 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18906
18907 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18908 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18909
18910 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18911
18912 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18913 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18914
18915 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18916
18917 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18918 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18919 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18920 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18921 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18922
18923 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18924 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18925
18926 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18927 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18928 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18929 coding systems ordered by priority.
18930
18931 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18932
18933 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18934
18935 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18936 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18937 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18938 language environment LANG-ENV.
18939
18940 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18941
18942 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18943 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18944 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18945 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18946 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18947 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18948
18949 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18950
18951 ;;;***
18952 \f
18953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21704 50495
18954 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
18955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18956
18957 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18958 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18959
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18963 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18964
18965 \(fn)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18968 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18969
18970 \(fn)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18973 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18974
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18976
18977 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18978 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18979
18980 \(fn)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18983 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18984
18985 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18986
18987 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18988 Ping HOST.
18989 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18990 `ping-program-options'.
18991
18992 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18995 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18996
18997 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18998
18999 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19000 Run nslookup program.
19001
19002 \(fn)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19005 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19006
19007 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19010 Run dig program.
19011
19012 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19013
19014 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19015 Run ftp program.
19016
19017 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19018
19019 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19020 Finger USER on HOST.
19021
19022 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19023
19024 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19025 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19026 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19027 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19028
19029 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19030
19031 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19032
19033
19034 \(fn)" t nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19037 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19038
19039 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19040
19041 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19042 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19043
19044 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19045
19046 ;;;***
19047 \f
19048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19049 ;;;;;; 720000))
19050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19051
19052 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19053 Return a user name/password pair.
19054 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19055 listed in the PORTS list.
19056
19057 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19058
19059 ;;;***
19060 \f
19061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21670
19062 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19063 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19064
19065 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19066 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19067 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19068 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19069 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19070 closes it.
19071
19072 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19073 make it unique.
19074 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19075 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19076 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19077 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19078 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19079 a port number to connect to.
19080
19081 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19082 values:
19083
19084 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19085 nil or `network'
19086 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19087 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19088 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19089 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19090 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19091 an unencrypted connection.
19092 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19093 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19094 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19095 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19096 returned object is a killed process.
19097 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19098 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19099 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19100
19101 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19102 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19103 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19104 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19105 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19106 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19107 or nil if none could be found.
19108 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19109 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19110
19111 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19112
19113 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19114 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19115 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19116
19117 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19118 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19119 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19120
19121 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19122 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19123 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19124
19125 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19126 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19127 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19128 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19129
19130 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19131 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19132
19133 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19134 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19135 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19136 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19137 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19138 or STARTTLS connections.
19139
19140 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19141 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19142
19143 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19144 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19145
19146 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19147 a greeting from the server.
19148
19149 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19150 asynchronously, if possible.
19151
19152 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19153
19154 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19155
19156 ;;;***
19157 \f
19158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21670
19159 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19161
19162 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19163 Check whether newsticker is running.
19164 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19165 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19166
19167 \(fn)" nil nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19170 Start the newsticker.
19171 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19172 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19173 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19174 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19175
19176 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19177
19178 ;;;***
19179 \f
19180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19181 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19182 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19183
19184 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19185 Start newsticker plainview.
19186
19187 \(fn)" t nil)
19188
19189 ;;;***
19190 \f
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19192 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19194
19195 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19196 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19197
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19199
19200 ;;;***
19201 \f
19202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19203 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19205
19206 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19207 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19208 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19209 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19210 empty.
19211
19212 \(fn)" nil nil)
19213
19214 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19215 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19216 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19217 running already.
19218
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19220
19221 ;;;***
19222 \f
19223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21670
19224 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19226
19227 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19228 Start newsticker treeview.
19229
19230 \(fn)" t nil)
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21670 32331 385639
19235 ;;;;;; 720000))
19236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19237
19238 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19239 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19240
19241 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19242
19243 ;;;***
19244 \f
19245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19246 ;;;;;; 720000))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19248
19249 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19250 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19251 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19252 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19253 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19254 symbol in the alist.
19255
19256 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19257
19258 ;;;***
19259 \f
19260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19261 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19263
19264 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19265 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19266 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19267
19268 \(fn)" t nil)
19269
19270 ;;;***
19271 \f
19272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19274
19275 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19276 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19277
19278 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19279
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19284
19285 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19286
19287 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19288 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19289 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19290
19291 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19292
19293
19294 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19295
19296 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19297 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19298 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19299 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19300 to future sessions.
19301
19302 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19303
19304 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19305 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19306 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19307 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19308 future sessions.
19309
19310 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19311
19312 ;;;***
19313 \f
19314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19315 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19317
19318 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19319 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19320 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19321 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19322 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19323 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19324
19325 \(fn)" t nil)
19326
19327 ;;;***
19328 \f
19329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19331 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19332
19333 ;;;***
19334 \f
19335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19336 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19337 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19338
19339 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19340 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19341 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19342 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19343
19344 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19345
19346 ;;;***
19347 \f
19348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19349 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19350 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19351
19352 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19353 Major mode for editing XML.
19354
19355 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19356 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19357 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19358 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19359 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19360 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19361 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19362
19363 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19364
19365 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19366 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19367
19368 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19369 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19370 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19371 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19372 instead of C-c.
19373
19374 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19375 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19376 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19377 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19378 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19379 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19380
19381 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19382 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19383 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19384
19385 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19386 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19387 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19388
19389 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19390 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19391 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19392 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19393 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19394 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19395 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19396 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19397 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19398
19399 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19400
19401 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19402 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19403
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19405 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19406
19407 ;;;***
19408 \f
19409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19410 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19412
19413 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19414 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19415 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19416 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19417
19418 \(fn)" t nil)
19419
19420 ;;;***
19421 \f
19422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21695 35516
19423 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
19424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19425
19426 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19427 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19428
19429 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19430 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19431 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19432 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19433
19434 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19435
19436 Key bindings:
19437 \\{octave-mode-map}
19438
19439 \(fn)" t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19442 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19443 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19444
19445 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19446
19447 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19448 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19449
19450 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19451 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19452 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19453
19454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19455
19456 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19457
19458 ;;;***
19459 \f
19460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21670 32331
19461 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19463
19464 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19465
19466 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19467 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19468 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19469 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19470 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19471
19472 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19473
19474 Customization:
19475
19476 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19477 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19478 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19479 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19480 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19481 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19482 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19483 Directories to search when finding external units.
19484 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19485 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19486
19487 Coloring:
19488
19489 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19490 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19491
19492 \(fn)" t nil)
19493
19494 ;;;***
19495 \f
19496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19497 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19500 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19501
19502 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19505 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19506 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19507 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19508 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19509 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19510
19511 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19512
19513 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19514 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19515 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19516 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19517 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19518
19519 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19520
19521 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19522 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19523
19524 \(fn)" nil nil)
19525
19526 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19527 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19528
19529 \(fn)" nil nil)
19530
19531 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19532 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19533 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19534
19535 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19536 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19537 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19538 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19539 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19540 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19541 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19542 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19543 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19544 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19545
19546 The following commands are available:
19547
19548 \\{org-mode-map}
19549
19550 \(fn)" t nil)
19551
19552 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19553 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19554
19555 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19556 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19557 in special contexts.
19558
19559 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19560 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19561 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19562 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19563 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19564 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19565 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19566 properties in the buffer.
19567 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19568 including any drawers.
19569
19570 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19571
19572 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19573 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19574 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19575 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19576 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19577 and zoom in further.
19578 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19579 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19580
19581 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19582 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19583 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19584 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19585 times right after creating a new headline.
19586
19587 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19588 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19589 is negative, go up that many levels.
19590
19591 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19592 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19593 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19594
19595 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19596 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19597 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19598 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19599
19600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19601
19602 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19603 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19604 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19605 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19606
19607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19608 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19609
19610 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19611 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19612 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19613 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19614 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19615 defined by Org-mode).
19616
19617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19618
19619 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19620 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19621
19622 \(fn)" nil nil)
19623
19624 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19625 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19626
19627 \(fn)" nil nil)
19628
19629 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19630 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19631 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19632 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19633 call CMD.
19634
19635 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19638 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19639 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19640 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19641
19642 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19643 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19644 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19645
19646 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19647 part of Org's core.
19648
19649 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19650 active region.
19651
19652 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19655 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19656 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19661 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19662 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19663 Org-mode syntax.
19664
19665 \(fn)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19668 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19669
19670 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19671
19672 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19673 Switch between Org buffers.
19674 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19675 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19676
19677 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19678 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19679
19680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19681
19682 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19683
19684 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19685
19686 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19687 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19688 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19689 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19690
19691 \(fn)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19694 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19695
19696 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19697
19698 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19699 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19700 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19701
19702 \(fn)" t nil)
19703
19704 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19705 Reload all org lisp files.
19706 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19707
19708 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19709
19710 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19711 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 ;;;***
19716 \f
19717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21670 32331
19718 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19719 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19720
19721 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19722 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19723
19724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19727 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19728 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19729 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19730
19731 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19732 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19733 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19734 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19735 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19736 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19737 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19738 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19739 e Export views to associated files.
19740 s Search entries for keywords.
19741 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19742 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19743 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19744 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19745 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19746 > Remove a previous restriction.
19747 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19748 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19749 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19750
19751 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19752 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19753 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19754
19755 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19756 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19757 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19758 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19759 \(if active).
19760
19761 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19762
19763 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19764 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19765 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19766 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19767 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19768 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19769 before running the agenda command.
19770
19771 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19774 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19775 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19776 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19777 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19778 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19779 before running the agenda command.
19780
19781 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19782 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19783
19784 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19785
19786 category The category of the item
19787 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19788 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19789 todo selected in TODO match
19790 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19791 diary imported from diary
19792 deadline a deadline on given date
19793 scheduled scheduled on given date
19794 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19795 closed entry was closed on given date
19796 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19797 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19798 block entry has date block including g. date
19799 todo The todo keyword, if any
19800 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19801 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19802 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19803 extra Sting with extra planning info
19804 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19805 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19806 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19807
19808 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19809
19810 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19811 Store agenda views.
19812
19813 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19814
19815 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19816 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19817
19818 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19819
19820 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19821 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19822 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19823 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19824
19825 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19826 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19827 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19828
19829 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19830 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19831
19832 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19833 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19834
19835 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19836
19837 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19838 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19839
19840 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19841 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19842 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19843 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19844 EDIT-AT.
19845
19846 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19847 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19848 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19849 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19850 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19851 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19852
19853 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19854 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19855 including newlines.
19856
19857 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19858 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19859 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19860 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19861 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19862 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19863 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19864
19865 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19866 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19867 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19868 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19869
19870 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19871 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19872 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19873 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19874 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19875 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19876 Boolean search must match as full words.
19877
19878 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19879 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19880
19881 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19882
19883 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19884 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19885 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19886 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19887 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19888 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19889
19890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19891
19892 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19893 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19894 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19895
19896 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19897
19898 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19899 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19900 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19901 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19902 `org-stuck-projects'.
19903
19904 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19907 Return diary information from org files.
19908 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19909 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19910 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19911 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19912 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19913
19914 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19915
19916 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19917
19918 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19919 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19920
19921 &%%(org-diary)
19922
19923 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19924 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19925 So the example above may also be written as
19926
19927 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19928
19929 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19930 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19931 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19932
19933 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19934
19935 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19936 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19937
19938 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19939
19940 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19941 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19942 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19943 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19944 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19945
19946 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19947
19948 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19949 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19950 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19951
19952 \(fn)" t nil)
19953
19954 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19955 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19956 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19957 appointments.
19958
19959 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19960 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19961
19962 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19963 for filtering entries out.
19964
19965 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19966 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19967 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19968
19969 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19970 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19971
19972 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19973 (category \"Work\"))
19974
19975 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19976 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19977
19978 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19979 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19980 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19981 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19982 details and examples.
19983
19984 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19985 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19986
19987 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19988
19989 ;;;***
19990 \f
19991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21670 32331
19992 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19993 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19994
19995 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19996 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19997
19998 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19999
20000 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20001 Capture something.
20002 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20003 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20004 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20005 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20006 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20007 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20008
20009 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20010 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20011 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20012 stored.
20013
20014 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20015
20016 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20017 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20018 will be bypassed.
20019
20020 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20021 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20022 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20023 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20024
20025 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20028 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20029
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20031
20032 ;;;***
20033 \f
20034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21670 32331
20035 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20039 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20040
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20042
20043 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20044
20045
20046 \(fn)" nil nil)
20047
20048 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20049 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20050 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20051
20052 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20055 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20056
20057 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20058
20059 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20060 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20061
20062 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20063
20064 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20065 Write the column view table.
20066 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20067
20068 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20069 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20070 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20071 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20072 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20073 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20074 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20075 using `org-id-find'.
20076 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20077 a hline before each level <= that number.
20078 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20079 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20080 :skip-empty-rows
20081 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20082 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20083
20084 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20085
20086 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20087 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20088
20089 \(fn)" t nil)
20090
20091 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20092 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20093
20094 \(fn)" t nil)
20095
20096 ;;;***
20097 \f
20098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21670 32331
20099 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20100 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20101
20102 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20103 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20104
20105 \(fn)" nil t)
20106
20107 ;;;***
20108 \f
20109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20110 ;;;;;; 720000))
20111 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20112
20113 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20114 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20115
20116 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20117
20118 ;;;***
20119 \f
20120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20121 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20122 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20123
20124 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20125 The release version of org-mode.
20126 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20127
20128 \(fn)" nil nil)
20129
20130 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20131 The Git version of org-mode.
20132 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20133
20134 \(fn)" nil nil)
20135
20136 ;;;***
20137 \f
20138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21708 47547 478182
20139 ;;;;;; 210000))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20141 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20142 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20143
20144 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20145 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20146 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20147 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20148
20149 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20150 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20151 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20152 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20153
20154 \\{outline-mode-map}
20155 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20156 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20157 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20158 are used when point is on a heading line.
20159
20160 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20161 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20162 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20163
20164 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20165 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20166
20167 \(fn)" t nil)
20168
20169 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20170 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20172 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20173 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20174
20175 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20176
20177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20178 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20179
20180 ;;;***
20181 \f
20182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21695 35516
20183 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20185 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20186
20187 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20188 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20189 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20190 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20191 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20192
20193 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20194 activate the package system at any time.")
20195
20196 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20197
20198 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20199 Install the package PKG.
20200 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20201 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20202
20203 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20206 Install a package from the current buffer.
20207 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20208 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20209 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20210
20211 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20212 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20213 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20214
20215 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20216
20217 \(fn)" t nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20220 Install a package from a file.
20221 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20222
20223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20224
20225 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20226 Import keys from FILE.
20227
20228 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20231 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20232 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20233 makes them available for download.
20234
20235 \(fn)" t nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20238 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20239 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20240 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20245 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20246
20247 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20250 Display a list of packages.
20251 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20252 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20253 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20254
20255 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20256
20257 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20262 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20263
20264 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20265 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20266 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20269 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20270
20271 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20272
20273 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20274 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20278
20279 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20280 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20281 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20282
20283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20284
20285 ;;;***
20286 \f
20287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20288 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20290 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20291
20292 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20293 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20294 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20295 unknown are returned as nil.
20296
20297 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20298
20299 ;;;***
20300 \f
20301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21670 32331
20302 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20303 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20304
20305 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20306 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20307 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20308
20309 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20310 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20311
20312 Other useful functions are:
20313
20314 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20315 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20316 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20317 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20318 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20319 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20320 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20321 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20322 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20323
20324 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20325
20326 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20327 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20328 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20329 Indentation for case statements.
20330 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20331 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20332 mark after an end.
20333 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20334 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20335 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20336 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20337 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20338 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20339 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20340 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20341 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20342 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20343
20344 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20345 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20346
20347 \(fn)" t nil)
20348
20349 ;;;***
20350 \f
20351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20352 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20353 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20354
20355 (defvar password-cache t "\
20356 Whether to cache passwords.")
20357
20358 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20359
20360 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20361 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20362 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20363
20364 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20365
20366 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20367 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20368
20369 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20370
20371 ;;;***
20372 \f
20373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21670 32330
20374 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
20375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20376
20377 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20378 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20379 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20380
20381 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20382 _ matches anything.
20383 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20384 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20385 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20386 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20387 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20388 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20389 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20390 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20391 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20392 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20393 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20394 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20395
20396 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20397 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20398 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20399 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20400 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20401 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20402 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20403
20404 FUN can take the form
20405 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20406 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20407 which is the value being matched.
20408 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20409 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20410 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20411 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20412 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20413 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20414 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20415
20416 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20417
20418 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20419
20420 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20421 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20422
20423 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20424
20425 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20426
20427 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20428 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20429 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20430 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20431
20432 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20433
20434 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20435
20436 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20437 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20438 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20439 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20440
20441 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20442
20443 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20444
20445 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20446 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20447
20448 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20449
20450 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20451
20452 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20453
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21670 32331 385639
20457 ;;;;;; 720000))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20461 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 ;;;***
20466 \f
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20468 ;;;;;; 720000))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20472 Completion for `gzip'.
20473
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20477 Completion for `bzip2'.
20478
20479 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480
20481 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20482 Completion for GNU `make'.
20483
20484 \(fn)" nil nil)
20485
20486 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20487 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20488
20489 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490
20491 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20492
20493 ;;;***
20494 \f
20495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20496 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20497 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20498
20499 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20500 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20501
20502 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20505 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20506
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20510 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20511
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513
20514 ;;;***
20515 \f
20516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20517 ;;;;;; 720000))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20519
20520 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20521 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20522
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524
20525 ;;;***
20526 \f
20527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21670 32331 385639
20528 ;;;;;; 720000))
20529 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20530
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20532 Completion for `cd'.
20533
20534 \(fn)" nil nil)
20535
20536 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20537
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20539 Completion for `rmdir'.
20540
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20544 Completion for `rm'.
20545
20546 \(fn)" nil nil)
20547
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20549 Completion for `xargs'.
20550
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20552
20553 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20554
20555 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20556 Completion for `which'.
20557
20558 \(fn)" nil nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20561 Completion for the `chown' command.
20562
20563 \(fn)" nil nil)
20564
20565 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20566 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20567
20568 \(fn)" nil nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20571 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20572
20573 \(fn)" nil nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20576 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20577 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20578
20579 \(fn)" nil nil)
20580
20581 ;;;***
20582 \f
20583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21670 32331 385639
20584 ;;;;;; 720000))
20585 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20588 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20589
20590 \(fn)" nil nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20593 Completion for the `ack' command.
20594 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20595 long options.
20596
20597 \(fn)" nil nil)
20598
20599 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20600
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20602 Completion for the `ag' command.
20603
20604 \(fn)" nil nil)
20605
20606 ;;;***
20607 \f
20608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21688 62278 418203
20609 ;;;;;; 119000))
20610 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20611
20612 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20613 Support extensible programmable completion.
20614 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20615 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20616
20617 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20620 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20621
20622 \(fn)" t nil)
20623
20624 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20625 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20626 This will modify the current buffer.
20627
20628 \(fn)" t nil)
20629
20630 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20631 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20632
20633 \(fn)" t nil)
20634
20635 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20636 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20637 This will modify the current buffer.
20638
20639 \(fn)" t nil)
20640
20641 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20642 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20643
20644 \(fn)" t nil)
20645
20646 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20647 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20648
20649 \(fn)" t nil)
20650
20651 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20652 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20653 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20654 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20655 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20656
20657 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20658
20659 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20660 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20661
20662 \(fn)" nil nil)
20663
20664 ;;;***
20665 \f
20666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20668
20669 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20670 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20671 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20672 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20673
20674 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20675
20676 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20679 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20680 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20681 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20682 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20683 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20684 FLAGS is ignored.
20685
20686 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20687
20688 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20689 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20690 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20691 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20692 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20693 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20694 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20695 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20696
20697 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20698
20699 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20700 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20701 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20702 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20703 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20704 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20705 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20706 passed to cvs.
20707
20708 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20709
20710 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20711 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20712 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20713 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20714 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20715 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20716 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20717
20718 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20719
20720 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20721 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20722 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20723
20724 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20725
20726 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20727 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20728 A value of nil means never do it.
20729 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20730 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20731 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20732
20733 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20734
20735 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20736 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20737 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20738
20739 ;;;***
20740 \f
20741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20742 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20744
20745 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20746 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20747
20748 ;;;***
20749 \f
20750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21670
20751 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20753 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20754 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20755 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20759
20760 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20761 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20762 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20763 Tab indents for Perl code.
20764 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20765 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20767 \\{perl-mode-map}
20768 Variables controlling indentation style:
20769 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20770 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20771 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20772 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20773 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20774 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20775 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20776 `perl-nochange'
20777 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20778 `perl-indent-level'
20779 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20780 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20781 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20782 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20783 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20784 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20785 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20786 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20787 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20788 `perl-brace-offset'
20789 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20790 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20791 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20792 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20793 `perl-label-offset'
20794 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20795 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20796 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20797
20798 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20799 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20800 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20801 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20802 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20803 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20804 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20805
20806 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20807
20808 \(fn)" t nil)
20809
20810 ;;;***
20811 \f
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
20813 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20814 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20815
20816 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20817 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20818 \\<picture-mode-map>
20819 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20820 afterwards settable by these commands:
20821
20822 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20823 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20824 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20825 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20826
20827 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20828 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20829 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20830 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20831
20832 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20833 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20834 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20835 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20836
20837 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20838 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20839 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20840 with these commands:
20841
20842 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20843 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20844 Move to column following last
20845 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20846 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20847 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20848 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20849 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20850 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20851
20852 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20853
20854 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20855 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20856 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20857 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20858 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20859 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20860
20861 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20862 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20863 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20864 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20865 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20866 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20867 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20868
20869 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20870 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20871 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20872 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20873 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20874 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20875 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20876 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20877
20878 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20879 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20880 by supplying an argument.
20881
20882 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20883
20884 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20885 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20886
20887 \(fn)" t nil)
20888
20889 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20890
20891 ;;;***
20892 \f
20893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21670 32331 385639
20894 ;;;;;; 720000))
20895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20896
20897 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20898 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20899
20900 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20901
20902 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20903 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20904
20905 \(fn)" t nil)
20906
20907 ;;;***
20908 \f
20909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
20910 ;;;;;; 586000))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20912
20913 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20914 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20915 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20916
20917 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20918
20919 ;;;***
20920 \f
20921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20923
20924 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20925 Play pong and waste time.
20926 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20927 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20928
20929 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20930
20931 \\{pong-mode-map}
20932
20933 \(fn)" t nil)
20934
20935 ;;;***
20936 \f
20937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20939
20940 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20941 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20942 Use streaming commands.
20943
20944 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20945
20946 ;;;***
20947 \f
20948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
20949 ;;;;;; 725000))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20951
20952 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20953 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20954 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20955 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20956
20957 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20958
20959 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20960 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20961
20962 \(fn)" nil nil)
20963
20964 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20965 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20966 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20967 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20968 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20969
20970 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20973 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20974 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20975
20976 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20979 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20980
20981 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20982
20983 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20984 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20985 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20986 Ignores leading comment characters.
20987
20988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20991 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20992 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20993 Ignores leading comment characters.
20994
20995 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20996
20997 ;;;***
20998 \f
20999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21670 32331 385639
21000 ;;;;;; 720000))
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21002 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21003
21004 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21005 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21006
21007 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21008
21009 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21010
21011 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21012
21013 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21014 Preview directory using ghostview.
21015
21016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21017 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21018 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21019 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21020
21021 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21022 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21023 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21024 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21025 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21026 file name.
21027
21028 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21029
21030 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21031
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21033 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21034
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21036 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21037 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21038 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21039
21040 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21041 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21042 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21043 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21044 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21045 file name.
21046
21047 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21048
21049 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21052 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21053
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21055 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21056 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21057 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21058
21059 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21060 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21061 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21062 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21063 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21064 file name.
21065
21066 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21067
21068 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21069
21070 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21071 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21072
21073 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21074
21075 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21076 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21077 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21078 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21079
21080 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21081 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21082 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21083 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21084 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21085 file name.
21086
21087 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21088
21089 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21092 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21093
21094 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21095 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21096 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21097
21098 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21099 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21100 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21101 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21102
21103 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21104
21105 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21106 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21107
21108 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21109 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21110 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21111
21112 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21113 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21114 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21115 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21116
21117 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21120 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21123 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21124 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21127 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21128 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21129 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21130
21131 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21134 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21135
21136 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21137
21138 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21139 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21140 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21141
21142 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21143 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21144 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21145 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21146
21147 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21148
21149 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21150 Preview region using ghostview.
21151
21152 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21153
21154 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21155
21156 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21157 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21158
21159 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21160
21161 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21164 Print region using PostScript printer.
21165
21166 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21167
21168 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21171 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21172
21173 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21174
21175 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21176
21177 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21178 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21179
21180 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21181
21182 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21185 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21186
21187 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21188
21189 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21190
21191 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21192 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21193
21194 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21195
21196 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21199 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21200
21201 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21202
21203 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21206 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21207 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21208 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21209
21210 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21211 matching.
21212
21213 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21214 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21215
21216 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21217
21218 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21219
21220 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21221 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21222 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21223 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21224
21225 \(fn)" t nil)
21226
21227 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21228 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21229 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21230 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21231
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21235 Print directory using text printer.
21236
21237 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21238 matching.
21239
21240 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21241 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21242
21243 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21244
21245 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21248 Print buffer using text printer.
21249
21250 \(fn)" t nil)
21251
21252 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21253 Print region using text printer.
21254
21255 \(fn)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21258 Print major mode using text printer.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21263 Preview spooled PostScript.
21264
21265 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21266 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21267 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21268
21269 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21270 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21271 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21272
21273 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21274
21275 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21276 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21277
21278 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21279 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21280 instead of sending it to the printer.
21281
21282 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21283 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21284 image in a file with that name.
21285
21286 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21289 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21290
21291 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21292 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21293 instead of sending it to the printer.
21294
21295 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21296 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21297 image in a file with that name.
21298
21299 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21300
21301 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21302 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21303
21304 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21305 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21306 instead of sending it to the printer.
21307
21308 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21309 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21310 image in a file with that name.
21311
21312 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21315 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21316
21317 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21320 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21321
21322 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21325 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21326
21327 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21330 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21331
21332 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21335 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21336
21337 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21340 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21341
21342 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21343 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21344 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21345 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21346
21347 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21348 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21349 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21350 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21351 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21352 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21353 file name.
21354
21355 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21358 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21363 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21364
21365 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21366 right.
21367 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21368 bottom.
21369
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21373 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21374
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21378 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21383 Toggle printing with faces.
21384
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21388 Toggle spooling.
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21393 Toggle duplex.
21394
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21398 Toggle tumble.
21399
21400 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21401 right.
21402 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21403 bottom.
21404
21405 \(fn)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21408 Toggle landscape.
21409
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21413 Toggle upside-down.
21414
21415 \(fn)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21418 Toggle line number.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21423 Toggle zebra stripes.
21424
21425 \(fn)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21428 Toggle printing header.
21429
21430 \(fn)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21433 Toggle printing header frame.
21434
21435 \(fn)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21438 Toggle menu lock.
21439
21440 \(fn)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21443 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21444
21445 \(fn)" t nil)
21446
21447 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21448 Toggle auto mode.
21449
21450 \(fn)" t nil)
21451
21452 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21453 Customization of the `printing' group.
21454
21455 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21456
21457 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21458 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21459
21460 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21461
21462 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21463 Help for the printing package.
21464
21465 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21468 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21469
21470 \(fn)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21473 Interactively select a text printer.
21474
21475 \(fn)" t nil)
21476
21477 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21478 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21479
21480 \(fn)" t nil)
21481
21482 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21483 Show current ps-print settings.
21484
21485 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21488 Show current printing settings.
21489
21490 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21493 Show current lpr settings.
21494
21495 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21496
21497 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21498 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21499
21500 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21501 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21502 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21503 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21504
21505
21506 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21507
21508 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21509 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21510 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21511
21512 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21513 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21514 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21515 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21516 current active printer.
21517
21518 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21519 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21520 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21521 printer.
21522
21523 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21524 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21525 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21526 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21527 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21528
21529
21530 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21531 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21532
21533 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21534
21535 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21536 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21537 be done using the new current active printer.
21538
21539 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21540 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21541 printer.
21542
21543 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21544 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21545 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21546 instead of sending it to the printer.
21547
21548 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21549 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21550 printer.
21551
21552 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21553
21554
21555 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21556 are both set to t.
21557
21558 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21559
21560 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21561 Fast fire function for text printing.
21562
21563 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21564 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21565 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21566 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21567
21568 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21569 user for a new active text printer.
21570
21571 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21572
21573 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21574
21575 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21576 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21577 printer.
21578
21579 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21580
21581 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21582 are both set to t.
21583
21584 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21585
21586 ;;;***
21587 \f
21588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21590
21591 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21592 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21593 \\<proced-mode-map>
21594 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21595 the process information.
21596
21597 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21598
21599 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21600 Proced buffers.
21601
21602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21603
21604 ;;;***
21605 \f
21606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21670 32331 385639
21607 ;;;;;; 720000))
21608 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21609
21610 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21611 Start/restart profilers.
21612 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21613 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21614 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21615
21616 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21617
21618 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21619 Open profile FILENAME.
21620
21621 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21622
21623 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21624 Open profile FILENAME.
21625
21626 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21627
21628 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21629 Open profile FILENAME.
21630
21631 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21632
21633 ;;;***
21634 \f
21635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21670 32331
21636 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21638
21639 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21640 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21641
21642 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21643 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21644
21645 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21646
21647 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21648 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21649
21650 Commands:
21651 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21652
21653 \(fn)" t nil)
21654
21655 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21656 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21657 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21658
21659 \(fn)" t nil)
21660
21661 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21662 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21663 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21664
21665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21666
21667 ;;;***
21668 \f
21669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21671
21672 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21673 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21674 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21675
21676 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21677
21678 ;;;***
21679 \f
21680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21681 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21683 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21684
21685 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21686 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21687
21688 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21689
21690 The following variables hold user options, and can
21691 be set through the `customize' command:
21692
21693 `ps-mode-tab'
21694 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21695 `ps-mode-print-function'
21696 `ps-run-prompt'
21697 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21698 `ps-run-x'
21699 `ps-run-dumb'
21700 `ps-run-init'
21701 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21702 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21703
21704 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21705
21706
21707 \\{ps-mode-map}
21708
21709
21710 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21711 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21712 The keymap for this second window is:
21713
21714 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21715
21716
21717 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21718 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21719 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21720 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21721 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21722
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21724
21725 ;;;***
21726 \f
21727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21670 32624 385626
21728 ;;;;;; 484000))
21729 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21730 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21731
21732 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21733 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21734 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21735
21736 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21737
21738 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21739 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21740 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21741 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21742
21743 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21744
21745 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21746 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21747
21748 Valid values are:
21749
21750 nil Do not print colors.
21751
21752 t Print colors.
21753
21754 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21755 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21756
21757 Any other value is treated as t.")
21758
21759 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21760
21761 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21762 Customization of ps-print group.
21763
21764 \(fn)" t nil)
21765
21766 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21767 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21768
21769 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21770 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21771 sending it to the printer.
21772
21773 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21774 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21775 image in a file with that name.
21776
21777 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21780 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21781 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21782 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21783 so it has a way to determine color values.
21784
21785 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21786
21787 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21788 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21789 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21790
21791 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21792
21793 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21794 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21795 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21796 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21797 so it has a way to determine color values.
21798
21799 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21802 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21803 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21804 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21805
21806 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21807
21808 \(fn)" t nil)
21809
21810 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21811 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21812 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21813 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21814 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21815
21816 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21817
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21819
21820 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21821 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21822 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21823
21824 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21825
21826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21827
21828 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21829 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21830 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21831 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21832 so it has a way to determine color values.
21833
21834 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21835
21836 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21837
21838 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21839 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21840
21841 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21842 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21843 instead of sending it to the printer.
21844
21845 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21846 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21847 image in a file with that name.
21848
21849 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21852 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21853 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21854 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21855 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21856
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21858
21859 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21860 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21861 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21862
21863 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21864
21865 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21866 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21867 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21868
21869 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21872 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21873
21874 \(fn)" nil nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21877 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21878
21879 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21880 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21881
21882 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21883 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21884
21885 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21886
21887 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21888
21889 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21892 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21893
21894 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21895 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21896
21897 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21898 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21899
21900 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21901
21902 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21903
21904 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21905
21906 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21907 foreground and background colors respectively.
21908
21909 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21910 bold - use bold font.
21911 italic - use italic font.
21912 underline - put a line under text.
21913 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21914 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21915 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21916 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21917 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21918
21919 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21920
21921 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21922
21923 ;;;***
21924 \f
21925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21670 32330 885624
21926 ;;;;;; 725000))
21927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21928 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21704 50495
21933 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21935 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21936
21937 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21938
21939 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21940
21941 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21942 Run an inferior Python process.
21943
21944 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21945 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21946 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21947 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21948 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21949
21950 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
21951 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
21952 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
21953 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
21954
21955 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21956 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21957 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21958
21959 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21960
21961 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21962 Major mode for editing Python files.
21963
21964 \\{python-mode-map}
21965
21966 \(fn)" t nil)
21967
21968 ;;;***
21969 \f
21970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21972
21973 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21974 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21975 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21976 coding-system.
21977
21978 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21979 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21980
21981 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21982 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21983 them into characters should be done separately.
21984
21985 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21986
21987 ;;;***
21988 \f
21989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21673 8506
21990 ;;;;;; 69195 402000))
21991 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21992
21993 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21994 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21995
21996 \(fn)" nil nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21999 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22000 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22001
22002 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22003 `quail-activate', which see.
22004
22005 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22006
22007 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22008 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22009 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22010 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22011 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22012 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22013 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22014
22015 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22016 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22017 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22018 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22019 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22020 shown.
22021 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22022
22023 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22024 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22025 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22026 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22027 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22028 list of candidates.
22029
22030 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22031 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22032 command to be called.
22033
22034 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22035 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22036 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22037 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22038
22039 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22040 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22041 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22042 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22043 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22044 to t.
22045
22046 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22047 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22048 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22049 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22050
22051 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22052 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22053 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22054 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22055 defines no translations for single character keys.
22056
22057 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22058 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22059 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22060 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22061 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22062 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22063
22064 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22065 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22066 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22067 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22068 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22069 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22070
22071 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22072 covers Quail translation region.
22073
22074 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22075 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22076 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22077 for it) is inserted.
22078
22079 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22080 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22081 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22082
22083 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22084 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22085 non-Quail commands.
22086
22087 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22088
22089 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22090 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22091
22092 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22093 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22094 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22095 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22096 you type is correctly handled.
22097
22098 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22099
22100 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22101 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22102
22103 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22104 keyboard type.
22105
22106 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22107
22108 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22109 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22110 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22111 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22112 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22113 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22114 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22115 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22116 for the translation.
22117 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22118
22119 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22120 it is used to handle KEY.
22121
22122 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22123 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22124 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22125 the following annotation types are supported.
22126
22127 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22128 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22129
22130 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22131 candidate list.
22132
22133 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22134 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22135 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22136 inserted.
22137
22138 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22139 generated for the following translations.
22140
22141 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22142
22143 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22144 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22145
22146 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22147 which to install MAP.
22148
22149 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22150
22151 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22152
22153 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22154 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22155
22156 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22157 which to install MAP.
22158
22159 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22160
22161 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22162
22163 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22164 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22165 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22166 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22167 a function, or a cons.
22168 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22169 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22170 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22171 for the translation.
22172 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22173 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22174 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22175 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22176 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22177
22178 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22179 it is used to handle KEY.
22180
22181 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22182 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22183 current Quail package.
22184
22185 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22186 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22187
22188 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22189
22190 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22191 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22192
22193 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22194 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22195
22196 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22197
22198 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22199 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22200
22201 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22202
22203 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22204 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22205 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22206 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22207 of the Emacs source tree.
22208
22209 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22210 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22211
22212 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22213 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22214 of each directory.
22215
22216 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22217
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21670
22221 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
22222 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22223
22224 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22225 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22226 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22227 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22228
22229 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22230
22231 ;;;***
22232 \f
22233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22234 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22236
22237 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22238 Activate UCS input method.
22239 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22240
22241 While this input method is active, the variable
22242 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22243
22244 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22245
22246 ;;;***
22247 \f
22248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22249 ;;;;;; 720000))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22251
22252 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22253 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22254 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22255 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22256
22257 To make use of this do something like:
22258
22259 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22260
22261 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22262
22263 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22264 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22265
22266 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22267 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22268 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22269
22270 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22271
22272 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22273 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22274
22275 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22276
22277 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22278 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22279
22280 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22281 is decided.
22282
22283 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22284
22285 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22286 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22287
22288 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22289 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22290 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22291
22292 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22293
22294 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22295 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22296
22297 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22298
22299 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22300 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22301
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22303
22304 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22305 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22306
22307 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22308
22309 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22310
22311 \(fn)" t nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22314 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22315
22316 \(fn)" t nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21670 32331 385639
22321 ;;;;;; 720000))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22323
22324 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22325 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22326
22327 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22328
22329 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22330
22331 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22332
22333 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22334
22335 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22336
22337
22338 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22339
22340 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22341 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22342 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22345 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22346
22347 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22348
22349 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22350 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22353 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22354
22355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22356
22357 ;;;***
22358 \f
22359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21670
22360 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22362
22363 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22364
22365 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22366 Construct a regexp interactively.
22367 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22368 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22369 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22370
22371 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22372 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22373
22374 \(fn)" t nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21670 32331 885635
22379 ;;;;;; 586000))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22381
22382 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22383 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22384 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22387 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22388
22389 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22390
22391 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22392 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22393 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22394 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22395 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22396
22397 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22398 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22399 were operated on recently.
22400
22401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22402
22403 ;;;***
22404 \f
22405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22406 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22407
22408 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22410 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22411 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22412 ends.
22413
22414 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22415 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22416 to be deleted.
22417
22418 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22419
22420 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22421 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22422 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22423
22424 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22425 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22426 deleted.
22427
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22431 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22432 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22433
22434 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22437 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22438
22439 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22440 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22441
22442 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22443 deleted.
22444
22445 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22446 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22447 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22448 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22449 even beep.)
22450
22451 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22452
22453 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22454 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22455
22456 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22457
22458 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22459 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22460
22461 \(fn)" t nil)
22462
22463 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22464 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22465 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22466 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22467 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22468 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22469 and point is at the lower right corner.
22470
22471 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22472
22473 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22474 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22475
22476 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22477 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22478
22479 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22480 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22481 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22482
22483 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22484
22485 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22486
22487 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22488 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22489 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22490 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22491 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22492
22493 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22494 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22495
22496 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22497
22498 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22499 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22500 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22501
22502 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22503
22504 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22505
22506 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22507
22508 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22509 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22510
22511 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22512 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22513 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22514
22515 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22516
22517 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22518 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22519 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22520
22521 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22522 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22523 rectangle which were empty.
22524
22525 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22526
22527 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22528 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22529
22530 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22531 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22532 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22533 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22534
22535 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22536
22537 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22538 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22539 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22540
22541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22542
22543 ;;;***
22544 \f
22545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22546 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22548
22549 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22550 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22552 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22553 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22554
22555 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22556 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22557 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22558 auto-filling.
22559
22560 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22561
22562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22563
22564 ;;;***
22565 \f
22566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21704 50495
22567 ;;;;;; 455324 752000))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22569 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22570 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22571 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22572 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22573
22574 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22575 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22576
22577 \(fn)" nil nil)
22578
22579 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22580 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22581
22582 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22583 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22584
22585 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22586 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22587 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22588 \\ref macro.
22589
22590 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22591 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22592 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22593
22594 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22595 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22596 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22597
22598 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22599 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22600
22601 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22602 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22603
22604 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22605 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22606 on the menu bar.
22607
22608 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22609
22610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22611
22612 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22613 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22614 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22615
22616 \(fn)" nil nil)
22617
22618 ;;;***
22619 \f
22620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21670
22621 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
22622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22623 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22624 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22625 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22626 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22627
22628 ;;;***
22629 \f
22630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22631 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22633
22634 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22635 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22636 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22637 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22638 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22639 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22640
22641 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22642 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22643
22644 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22645 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22646 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22647 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22648
22649 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22650
22651 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22652 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22653 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22654 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22655
22656 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22657
22658 ;;;***
22659 \f
22660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22661 ;;;;;; 725000))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22663 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22664
22665 ;;;***
22666 \f
22667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22668 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22670 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22671
22672 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22673 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22674 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22675 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22676
22677 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22678
22679 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22680
22681 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22682 Call `remember' in another frame.
22683
22684 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22685
22686 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22687 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22688 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22689
22690 \(fn)" t nil)
22691
22692 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22693 Extract diary entries from the region.
22694
22695 \(fn)" nil nil)
22696
22697 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22698 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22699 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22700 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22701
22702 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22703
22704 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22705 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22706 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22707 minor mode.
22708
22709 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22710
22711 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22712 Return the buffer.
22713
22714 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22715 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22716 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22717
22718 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22719
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22724 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22725
22726 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22727 Repeat most recently executed command.
22728 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22729 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22730 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22731
22732 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22733 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22734 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22735 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22736
22737 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22738 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22739 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22740
22741 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22742
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22746 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22748
22749 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22750 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22751
22752 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22753 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22754 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22755 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22756 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22757 and point is left after the salutation.
22758
22759 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22760 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22761 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22762 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22763 left after that text.
22764
22765 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22766 is non-nil.
22767
22768 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22769 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22770 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22771 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22772
22773 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22774
22775 ;;;***
22776 \f
22777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
22778 ;;;;;; 586000))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22782 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22783 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22784 visibility of comments that precede it.
22785 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22786 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22787 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22788 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22789 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22790 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22791 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22792 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22793 the comment lines.
22794 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22795 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22796 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22797 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22798 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22799
22800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22801
22802 ;;;***
22803 \f
22804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22806
22807 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22808 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22811 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22812
22813 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22814 reveals invisible text around point.
22815
22816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22817
22818 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22819 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22820 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22823 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22824
22825 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22826
22827 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22828 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22829 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22830
22831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22834
22835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22836
22837 ;;;***
22838 \f
22839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
22840 ;;;;;; 725000))
22841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22842
22843 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22844 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22845
22846 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22847
22848 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22849 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22850
22851 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22852
22853 ;;;***
22854 \f
22855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21670 32331 385639
22856 ;;;;;; 720000))
22857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22858
22859 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22860 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22861 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22862 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22863
22864 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22865
22866 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22867 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22868 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22869 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22870
22871 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22872 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22873
22874 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22875 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22876
22877 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22878 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22879 INPUT-ARGS.
22880
22881 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22882 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22883 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22884 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22885 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22886
22887 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22888 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22889 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22890 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22891
22892 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22893 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22894 variable.
22895
22896 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22897
22898 ;;;***
22899 \f
22900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21670 32623 885622
22901 ;;;;;; 218000))
22902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22903
22904 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22905 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22906
22907 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22908
22909 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22910
22911 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22912 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22913 Its name should end with a slash.")
22914
22915 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22916 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22917
22918 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22919 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22920 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22921
22922 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22923
22924 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22925 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22926 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22927 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22928 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22929 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22930 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22931
22932 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22933 sent by you under different user names.
22934 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22935
22936 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22937
22938 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22939
22940 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22943 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22944 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22945 explicitly.")
22946
22947 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22948
22949 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22950 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22951 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22952 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22953 which normally happens once for each message,
22954 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22955 To make a change in this variable take effect
22956 for a message that you have already viewed,
22957 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22958
22959 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22960
22961 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22962 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22963 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22964 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22965
22966 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22967
22968 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22969 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22970
22971 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22972
22973 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22974 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22975 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22976
22977 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22978
22979 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22980 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22981 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22982 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22983 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22984 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22985
22986 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22987
22988 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22989 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22990
22991 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22992
22993 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22994 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22999 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23000
23001 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23002 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23003
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23005
23006 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23007 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23008
23009 This is set to nil by default.")
23010
23011 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23012 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23013 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23014 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23015 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23016 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23017 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23018
23019 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23020 Read and edit incoming mail.
23021 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23022 file in RMAIL Mode.
23023 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23024
23025 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23026 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23027 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23028 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23029
23030 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23031
23032 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23033
23034 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23035 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23036 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23037 Instead, these commands are available:
23038
23039 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23040 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23041 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23042 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23043 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23044 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23045 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23046 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23047 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23048 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23049 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23050 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23051 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23052 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23053 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23054 till a deleted message is found.
23055 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23056 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23057 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23058 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23059 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23060 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23061 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23062 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23063 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23064 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23065 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23066 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23067 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23068 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23069 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23070 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23071 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23072 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23073 (label defaults to last one specified).
23074 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23075 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23076 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23077 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23078 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23079 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23080 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23082 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23083
23084 \(fn)" t nil)
23085
23086 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23087 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23088
23089 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23090
23091 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23092 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23093
23094 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23095
23096 ;;;***
23097 \f
23098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21670 32331
23099 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23101 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23102
23103 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23104 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23105 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23106 case it writes Babyl.
23107
23108 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23109 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23110 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23111 `rmail-default-file'.
23112
23113 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23114 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23115 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23116
23117 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23118 the header display is currently pruned.
23119
23120 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23121 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23122 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23123 messages after output.
23124
23125 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23126 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23127 message (if writing a file directly).
23128
23129 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23130 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23131
23132 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23133
23134 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23135 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23136 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23137 i) the header is output as currently seen
23138 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23139 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23140
23141 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23142 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23143 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23144
23145 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23146
23147 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23148 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23149 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23150 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23151 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23152 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23153 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23154
23155 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23156 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23157 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23158
23159 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23160
23161 ;;;***
23162 \f
23163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21670 32331
23164 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23165 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23166
23167 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23168 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23169 Return a pattern.
23170
23171 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23172
23173 ;;;***
23174 \f
23175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23176 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23177 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23178
23179 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23180 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23181 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23182 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23183
23184 \(fn)" t nil)
23185
23186 ;;;***
23187 \f
23188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21670 32331
23189 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23191
23192 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23193 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23194
23195 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23196 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23197 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23198 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23199 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23200 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23201 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23202 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23203 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23204 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23205
23206 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23207 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23208 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23209 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23210 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23211 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23212 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23213 to use for finding the schema.
23214
23215 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23216
23217 ;;;***
23218 \f
23219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23220 ;;;;;; 720000))
23221 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23222
23223 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23224
23225 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23226 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23227 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23228 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23229 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23230 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23231 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23232 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23233 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23234 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23235 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23236 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23237 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23238 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23239 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23240 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23241 must be equal.
23242
23243 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23244
23245 ;;;***
23246 \f
23247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 54478
23248 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23250
23251 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23252 Define a robin package.
23253
23254 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23255 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23256 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23257 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23258
23259 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23260 one replaces the old one.
23261
23262 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23263
23264 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23265 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23266
23267 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23268 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23269 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23270
23271 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23272
23273 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23274 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23275
23276 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23277
23278 ;;;***
23279 \f
23280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23281 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23282
23283 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23284 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23285
23286 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23287
23288 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23289 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23290
23291 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23292
23293 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23294 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23295
23296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23297
23298 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23299 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23300 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23301
23302 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23303 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23304 in ROT13.
23305
23306 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23307
23308 \(fn)" t nil)
23309
23310 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23311 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23312
23313 \(fn)" t nil)
23314
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21670 32331 885635
23318 ;;;;;; 586000))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23321
23322 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23323 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23324 \\<rst-mode-map>
23325
23326 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23327 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23328 highlighting.
23329
23330 \\{rst-mode-map}
23331
23332 \(fn)" t nil)
23333
23334 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23335 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23337 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23338 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23339
23340 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23341 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23342 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23343
23344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23345
23346 ;;;***
23347 \f
23348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21670
23349 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23351 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23352
23353 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23354 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23355
23356 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23357
23358 \(fn)" t nil)
23359
23360 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23361
23362 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23363
23364 ;;;***
23365 \f
23366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21670 32331 885635
23367 ;;;;;; 586000))
23368 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23369 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23370
23371 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23372 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23373 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23374
23375 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23376 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23378 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23379 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23380
23381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23382
23383 ;;;***
23384 \f
23385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21670 32330 885624
23386 ;;;;;; 725000))
23387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23388
23389 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23390 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23391 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23392 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23393
23394 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23395
23396 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23397 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23398 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23399
23400 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23401 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23402 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23403
23404 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23405 notation.
23406
23407 STRING
23408 matches string STRING literally.
23409
23410 CHAR
23411 matches character CHAR literally.
23412
23413 `not-newline', `nonl'
23414 matches any character except a newline.
23415
23416 `anything'
23417 matches any character
23418
23419 `(any SET ...)'
23420 `(in SET ...)'
23421 `(char SET ...)'
23422 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23423 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23424 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23425
23426 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23427 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23428 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23429 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23430
23431 `(not (any SET ...))'
23432 matches any character not in SET ...
23433
23434 `line-start', `bol'
23435 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23436 in the text being matched
23437
23438 `line-end', `eol'
23439 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23440
23441 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23443 string being matched against.
23444
23445 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23446 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23447 string being matched against.
23448
23449 `buffer-start'
23450 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23451 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23452
23453 `buffer-end'
23454 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23455 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23456
23457 `point'
23458 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23459
23460 `word-start', `bow'
23461 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23462
23463 `word-end', `eow'
23464 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23465
23466 `word-boundary'
23467 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23468 word.
23469
23470 `(not word-boundary)'
23471 `not-word-boundary'
23472 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23473 word.
23474
23475 `symbol-start'
23476 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23477
23478 `symbol-end'
23479 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23480
23481 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23482 matches 0 through 9.
23483
23484 `control', `cntrl'
23485 matches ASCII control characters.
23486
23487 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23488 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23489
23490 `blank'
23491 matches space and tab only.
23492
23493 `graphic', `graph'
23494 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23495 space, and DEL.
23496
23497 `printing', `print'
23498 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23499 and DEL.
23500
23501 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23502 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23503 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23504
23505 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23506 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23507 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23508
23509 `ascii'
23510 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23511
23512 `nonascii'
23513 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23514
23515 `lower', `lower-case'
23516 matches anything lower-case.
23517
23518 `upper', `upper-case'
23519 matches anything upper-case.
23520
23521 `punctuation', `punct'
23522 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23523 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23524
23525 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23526 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23527
23528 `word', `wordchar'
23529 matches anything that has word syntax.
23530
23531 `not-wordchar'
23532 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23533
23534 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23535 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23536 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23537 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23538
23539 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23540 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23541 `word' (\\sw)
23542 `symbol' (\\s_)
23543 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23544 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23545 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23546 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23547 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23548 `escape' (\\s\\)
23549 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23550 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23551 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23552 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23553 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23554
23555 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23556 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23557
23558 `(category CATEGORY)'
23559 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23560 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23561
23562 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23563 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23564 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23565 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23566 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23567 `symbol' (\\c5)
23568 `digit' (\\c6)
23569 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23570 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23571 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23572 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23573 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23574 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23575 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23576 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23577 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23578 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23579 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23580 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23581 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23582 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23583 `ascii' (\\ca)
23584 `arabic' (\\cb)
23585 `chinese' (\\cc)
23586 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23587 `greek' (\\cg)
23588 `korean' (\\ch)
23589 `indian' (\\ci)
23590 `japanese' (\\cj)
23591 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23592 `latin' (\\cl)
23593 `lao' (\\co)
23594 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23595 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23596 `thai' (\\ct)
23597 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23598 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23599 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23600 `can-break' (\\c|)
23601
23602 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23603 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23604
23605 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23606 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23607 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23608 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23609 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23610
23611 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23612 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23613 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23614 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23615
23616 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23617 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23618 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23619 group number N.
23620
23621 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23622 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23623 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23624 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23625 regular expression.
23626
23627 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23628 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23629 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23630 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23631 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23632
23633 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23634 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23635
23636 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23637 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23638
23639 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23640 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23641 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23642
23643 `(* SEXP ...)'
23644 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23645 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23646
23647 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23648 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23649 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23650
23651 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23652 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23653 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23654
23655 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23656 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23657
23658 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23659 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23660
23661 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23662 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23663 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23664 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23665
23666 `(? SEXP ...)'
23667 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23668
23669 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23670 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23671
23672 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23673 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23674 matches N occurrences.
23675
23676 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23677 matches N or more occurrences.
23678
23679 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23680 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23681 matches N to M occurrences.
23682
23683 `(backref N)'
23684 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23685
23686 `(eval FORM)'
23687 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23688 `regexp-quote' it.
23689
23690 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23691 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23692
23693 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23694
23695 ;;;***
23696 \f
23697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23698 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23699 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23700 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23701
23702 ;;;***
23703 \f
23704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21670 32331 885635
23705 ;;;;;; 586000))
23706 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23707 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23708
23709 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23710 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23711 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23713 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23714 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23715
23716 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23717
23718 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23719 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23720 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23721 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23722 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23723
23724 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23725 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23726 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23727 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23728
23729 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23730 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23731 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23732
23733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23734
23735 ;;;***
23736 \f
23737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23738 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23740
23741 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23742 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23743 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23744
23745 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23746 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23747 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23748 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23749 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23750 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23751 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23752 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23753
23754 Commands:
23755 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23756 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23757 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23758
23759 \(fn)" t nil)
23760
23761 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23762 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23763 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23764
23765 Commands:
23766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23767 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23768 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23769 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23770 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23771 that variable's value is a string.
23772
23773 \(fn)" t nil)
23774
23775 ;;;***
23776 \f
23777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
23778 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23780
23781 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23782 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23783 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23784
23785 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23786
23787 \(fn)" t nil)
23788
23789 ;;;***
23790 \f
23791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
23792 ;;;;;; 586000))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23794
23795 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23796 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23797 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23800 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23801
23802 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23803
23804 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23805 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23807 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23808 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23809
23810 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23811 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23812
23813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23814
23815 ;;;***
23816 \f
23817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
23818 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23820
23821 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23822 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23824 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23825 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23826 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23827 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23828 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23829
23830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23831
23832 ;;;***
23833 \f
23834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21670 32331 385639
23835 ;;;;;; 720000))
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23837 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23838 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23839
23840 ;;;***
23841 \f
23842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21679 47292
23843 ;;;;;; 556033 759000))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23845 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23846
23847 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23848 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23849 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23850
23851 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23852 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23853 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23854 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23855 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23856 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23857 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23858 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23859 keybinding for tag names.
23860 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23861 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23862 of the symbol under point.
23863 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23864 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23865 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23866 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23867 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23868 syntax tokens.
23869 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23870
23871 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23872
23873 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23874 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23875 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23876 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23877 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23878 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23879
23880 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23881
23882 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23883 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23884 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23885 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23886 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23887
23888 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23889 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23890 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23891 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23892 Semantic mode.
23893
23894 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23895
23896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23897
23898 ;;;***
23899 \f
23900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23901 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23903
23904 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23905 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23906
23907 \(fn)" t nil)
23908
23909 ;;;***
23910 \f
23911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23912 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
23913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23914
23915 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23916 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23917
23918 \(fn)" t nil)
23919
23920 ;;;***
23921 \f
23922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21670 32331
23923 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23925
23926 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23927 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23928
23929 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23930 king@grassland.com
23931 If `parens', they look like:
23932 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23933 If `angles', they look like:
23934 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23935
23936 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23937 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23938
23939 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23940
23941 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23942 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23943 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23944 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23945
23946 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23947 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23948 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23949 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23950
23951 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23952
23953 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23954 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23955 This is done when the message is initialized,
23956 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23957
23958 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23959
23960 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23961 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23962 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23963
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23965
23966 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23967 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23968 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23969 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23970 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23971 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23972 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23973
23974 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23975
23976 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23977 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23978
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23980
23981 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23982 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23983 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23984 be a Babyl file.")
23985
23986 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23987
23988 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23989 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23990 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23991 when you first send mail.")
23992
23993 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23994
23995 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23996 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23997 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23998 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23999 This file need not actually exist.")
24000
24001 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24002
24003 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24004 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24005
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24007
24008 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24009 Alist of mail address aliases,
24010 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24011 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24012 can specify a different file name.)
24013 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24014 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24015
24016 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24017 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24018 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24019
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24021
24022 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24023 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24024 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24029 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24030 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24031 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24032 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24033 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24034 in the cited portion of the message.
24035
24036 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24037 instead of no action.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24042 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24043 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24044 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24045 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24046
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24048
24049 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24050 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24051 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24052 If a string, that string is inserted.
24053 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24054 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24055 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24056 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24057
24058 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24059
24060 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24061 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24062
24063 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24064
24065 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24066 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24067 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24068
24069 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24070 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24071
24072 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24073
24074 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24075 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24076 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24077 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24078
24079 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24080
24081 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24082 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24083 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24084
24085 \(fn)" nil nil)
24086
24087 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24088
24089 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24090
24091
24092 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24093
24094 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24095 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24096 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24097
24098 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24099 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24100
24101 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24102 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24103 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24104 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24105 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24106 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24107 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24108 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24109 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24110 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24111 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24112 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24113 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24114 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24115
24116 \(fn)" t nil)
24117
24118 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24119 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24120 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24121 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24122
24123 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24124
24125 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24126 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24127 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24128 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24129 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24130 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24131
24132 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24133 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24134 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24135
24136 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24137 User should not set this variable manually,
24138 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24139 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24140 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24141
24142 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24143 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24144 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24145 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24146
24147 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24148 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24149
24150 \\<mail-mode-map>
24151 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24152
24153 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24154 to move to message header fields:
24155 \\{mail-mode-map}
24156
24157 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24158 when the message is initialized.
24159
24160 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24161 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24162
24163 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24164 is inserted.
24165
24166 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24167 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24168
24169 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24170 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24171 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24172 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24173 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24174 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24175 buffer without erasing the contents.
24176
24177 The second through fifth arguments,
24178 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24179 the initial contents of those header fields.
24180 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24181 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24182 original message being replied to, or else an action
24183 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24184 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24185 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24186 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24187 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24188 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24189
24190 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24191
24192 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24193 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24194
24195 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24196
24197 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24198 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24199
24200 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24201
24202 ;;;***
24203 \f
24204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21691 38459 74604
24205 ;;;;;; 918000))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24207 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24208
24209 ;;;***
24210 \f
24211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
24212 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24213
24214 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24215
24216 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24217
24218 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24219
24220 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24221 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24222 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24223 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24224 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24225 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24226
24227 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24228 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24229
24230 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24231 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24232 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24233
24234 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24235 \\[server-start].
24236
24237 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24238
24239 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24240 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24241 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24242 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24243
24244 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24245
24246 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24247 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24248 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24251 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24252
24253 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24254
24255 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24256 Toggle Server mode.
24257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24259 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24260
24261 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24262 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24263 `server-start' for details.
24264
24265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24266
24267 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24268 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24269 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24270
24271 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24272 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24273
24274 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24275
24276 ;;;***
24277 \f
24278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
24279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24280
24281 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24282 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24283
24284 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24285 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24286 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24287 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24288 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24289
24290 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24291 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24292 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24293 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24294 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24295 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24296
24297 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24298 displayed.
24299
24300 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24301 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24302 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24303
24304 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24305 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24306
24307 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24308 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24309
24310 \\{ses-mode-map}
24311 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24312 part):
24313 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24314 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24315 formula:
24316 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24317
24318 \(fn)" t nil)
24319
24320 ;;;***
24321 \f
24322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21670
24323 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24325
24326 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24327 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24328 Makes > match <.
24329 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24330 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24331
24332 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24333 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24334 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24335
24336 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24337 in your init file.
24338
24339 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24340
24341 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24342 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24343 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24344
24345 \(fn)" t nil)
24346
24347 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24348 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24349 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24350 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24351 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24352 which this is based.
24353
24354 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24355
24356 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24357 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24358 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24359 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24360
24361 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24362 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24363 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24364
24365 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24366 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24367 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24368 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24369
24370 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24371 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24372 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24373 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24374
24375 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24376
24377 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24378 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24379 To work around that, do:
24380 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24381
24382 \\{html-mode-map}
24383
24384 \(fn)" t nil)
24385
24386 ;;;***
24387 \f
24388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21704
24389 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
24390 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24391 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24392 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24393
24394 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24395 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24396 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24397 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24398 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24399 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24400
24401 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24402 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24403 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24404 shell-specific features.
24405
24406 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24407 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24408 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24409 \\<sh-mode-map>
24410 \\[sh-case] case statement
24411 \\[sh-for] for loop
24412 \\[sh-function] function definition
24413 \\[sh-if] if statement
24414 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24415 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24416 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24417 \\[sh-select] select loop
24418 \\[sh-until] until loop
24419 \\[sh-while] while loop
24420
24421 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24422 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24423 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24424 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24425 would indent to the way it currently is.
24426 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24427 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24428
24429
24430 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24431 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24432 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24433 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24434 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24435
24436 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24437 unquoted < insert a here document.
24438
24439 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24440 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24441 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24442
24443 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24444 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24445
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24447
24448 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24449
24450 ;;;***
24451 \f
24452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21670 32330
24453 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
24454 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24455
24456 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24457 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24458
24459 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24460 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24461 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24462
24463 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24464 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24465 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24466 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24467 the earlier.
24468
24469 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24470
24471 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24472
24473 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24474 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24475 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24476
24477 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24478 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24479
24480 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24481 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24482 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24483 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24484 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24485 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24486 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24487 Emacs version).
24488
24489 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24490 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24491 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24492 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24493 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24494
24495 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24496 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24497
24498 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24499
24500 ;;;***
24501 \f
24502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24503 ;;;;;; 586000))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24505
24506 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24507 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24508 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24509 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24510 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24511 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24512 sites in the cluster.
24513
24514 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24515
24516 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24517 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24518 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24519 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24520 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24521
24522 \(fn)" t nil)
24523
24524 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24525 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24526 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24527 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24528 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24529 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24530 `shadow-define-cluster').
24531
24532 \(fn)" t nil)
24533
24534 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24535 Set up file shadowing.
24536
24537 \(fn)" t nil)
24538
24539 ;;;***
24540 \f
24541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21678 26426 225333 737000))
24542 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24543
24544 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24545 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24546 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24547 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24548 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24549 arguments.")
24550
24551 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24552
24553 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24554 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24555 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24556 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24557 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24558
24559 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24560 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24561 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24562 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24563 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24564 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24565 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24566 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24567 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24568 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24569 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24570
24571 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24572 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24573 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24574 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24575 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24576 `default-process-coding-system'.
24577
24578 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24579 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24580 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24581 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24582
24583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24584
24585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24586
24587 ;;;***
24588 \f
24589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21704 50495 455324 752000))
24590 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24591
24592 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24593 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24594
24595 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24596
24597 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24598 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24599 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24600 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24601
24602 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24603
24604 ;;;***
24605 \f
24606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21670 32331 385639
24607 ;;;;;; 720000))
24608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24609
24610 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24611
24612
24613 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24614
24615 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24616
24617
24618 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24619
24620 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24621
24622
24623 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24624
24625 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24626
24627
24628 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24629
24630 ;;;***
24631 \f
24632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21670 32331
24633 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24635
24636 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24637 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24638 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24639 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24640 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24641
24642 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24643
24644 \(fn)" t nil)
24645
24646 ;;;***
24647 \f
24648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24649 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24651
24652 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24653 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24654 \\{simula-mode-map}
24655 Variables controlling indentation style:
24656 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24657 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24658 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24659 `simula-indent-level'
24660 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24661 `simula-substatement-offset'
24662 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24663 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24664 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24665 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24666 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24667 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24668 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24669 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24670 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24671 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24672 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24673 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24674 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24675 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24676 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24677 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24678 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24679 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24680 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24681 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24682 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24683 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24684 or nil if they should not be changed.
24685 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24686 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24687 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24688 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24689
24690 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24691 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24692
24693 \(fn)" t nil)
24694
24695 ;;;***
24696 \f
24697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21670 32331 885635
24698 ;;;;;; 586000))
24699 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24700
24701 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24702 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24703
24704 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24705 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24706 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24707 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24708
24709 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24710
24711 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24712
24713 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24714 Insert SKELETON.
24715 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24716 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24717 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24718 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24719 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24720
24721 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24722 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24723
24724 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24725
24726 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24727 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24728
24729 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24730 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24731 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24732 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24733
24734 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24735 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24736 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24737 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24738
24739 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24740 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24741 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24742
24743 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24744 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24745
24746 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24747 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24748
24749 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24750 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24751 is at bol/eol
24752 _ interesting point, interregion here
24753 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24754 interesting point set by _
24755 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24756 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24757 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24758 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24759 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24760 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24761 nil skipped
24762
24763 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24764 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24765
24766 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24767 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24768 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24769 as the first element when at bol.
24770
24771 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24772 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24773 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24774 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24775 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24776 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24777 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24778 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24779
24780 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24781 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24782 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24783 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24784 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24785 available:
24786
24787 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24788 then: insert previously read string once more
24789 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24790 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24791 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24792
24793 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24794 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24795
24796 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24797
24798 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24799 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24800
24801 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24802 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24803 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24804 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24805 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24806 such as backslash.
24807
24808 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24809 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24810 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24811
24812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24813
24814 ;;;***
24815 \f
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
24817 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24819
24820 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24821 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24822 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24823 buffer names.
24824
24825 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24826
24827 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24828 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24830 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24831 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24832 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24833
24834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24835
24836 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24837 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24838 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24839
24840 \(fn)" t nil)
24841
24842 ;;;***
24843 \f
24844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
24845 ;;;;;; 720000))
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24847
24848 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24849 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24850 A list of images is returned.
24851
24852 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24853
24854 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24855 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24856 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24857
24858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24859
24860 ;;;***
24861 \f
24862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
24863 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24864 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24865
24866 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24867
24868
24869 \(fn)" nil nil)
24870
24871 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24872 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24873
24874 \(fn)" t nil)
24875
24876 ;;;***
24877 \f
24878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
24879 ;;;;;; 720000))
24880 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24881
24882 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24883 Play the Snake game.
24884 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24885
24886 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24887
24888 Snake mode keybindings:
24889 \\<snake-mode-map>
24890 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24891 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24892 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24893 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24894 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24895 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24896 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24897
24898 \(fn)" t nil)
24899
24900 ;;;***
24901 \f
24902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
24903 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24905
24906 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24907 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24908 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24909 Tab indents for C code.
24910 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24911 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24912 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24913 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24914 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24915
24916 \(fn)" t nil)
24917
24918 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24919 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24920 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24921 Tab indents for C code.
24922 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24923 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24924 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24925 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24926 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24927
24928 \(fn)" t nil)
24929
24930 ;;;***
24931 \f
24932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21670 32330 885624
24933 ;;;;;; 725000))
24934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24935
24936 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24937 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24938 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24939 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24940 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24941
24942 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24943
24944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24945
24946 ;;;***
24947 \f
24948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
24949 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24951
24952 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24953 Play Solitaire.
24954
24955 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24956 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24957 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24958 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24959 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24960 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24961 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24962 check after each move or undo.)
24963
24964 What is Solitaire?
24965
24966 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24967 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24968 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24969
24970 Le Solitaire
24971 ============
24972
24973 o o o
24974
24975 o o o
24976
24977 o o o o o o o
24978
24979 o o o . o o o
24980
24981 o o o o o o o
24982
24983 o o o
24984
24985 o o o
24986
24987 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24988 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24989 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24990 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24991
24992 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24993 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24994 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24995 this: o o .
24996
24997 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24998 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24999
25000 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25001
25002 o o o
25003
25004 . o o
25005
25006 o o . o o o o
25007
25008 o . o o o o o
25009
25010 o o o o o o o
25011
25012 o o o
25013
25014 o o o
25015
25016 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25017
25018 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25019
25020 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25021
25022 ;;;***
25023 \f
25024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25025 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25026 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25027
25028 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25029 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25030
25031 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25032 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25033 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25034 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25035 contiguous.
25036
25037 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25038 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25039 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25040 the sort order.
25041
25042 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25043 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25044
25045 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25046 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25047 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25048 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25049 is called.
25050
25051 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25052 It should move point to the end of the record.
25053
25054 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25055 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25056 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25057 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25058 starts at the beginning of the record.
25059
25060 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25061 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25062 same as ENDRECFUN.
25063
25064 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25065 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25066 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25067 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25068 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25069 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25070 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25071
25072 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25073
25074 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25075 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25076 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25077 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25078 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25079 the sort order.
25080
25081 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25084 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25086 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25087 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25088 the sort order.
25089
25090 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25091
25092 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25093 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25094 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25095 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25096 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25097 the sort order.
25098
25099 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25100 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25101
25102 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25103 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25104 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25105 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25106 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25107 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25108 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25109 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25110 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25111
25112 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25113
25114 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25115 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25116 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25117 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25118 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25119 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25120 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25121 the sort order.
25122
25123 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25124
25125 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25126 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25127 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25128 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25129
25130 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25131 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25132
25133 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25134 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25135 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25136 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25137 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25138 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25139 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25140 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25141
25142 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25143
25144 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25145 the sort order.
25146
25147 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25148 starting with the letter \"f\",
25149 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25150
25151 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25152
25153 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25154 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25155 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25156 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25157 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25158 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25159 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25160 the sort order.
25161
25162 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25163 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25164 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25165 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25166 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25167
25168 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25169
25170 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25171 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25172 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25173
25174 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25175
25176 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25177 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25178 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25179 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25180 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25181 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25182 each repeated line.
25183
25184 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25185 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25186 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25187 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25188
25189 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25190 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25191
25192 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25193 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25194
25195 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25196
25197 ;;;***
25198 \f
25199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25201
25202 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25203 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25204 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25205 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25206 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25207 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25208
25209 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25210
25211 ;;;***
25212 \f
25213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21670
25214 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25216
25217 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25218 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25219
25220 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25221 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25222 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25223
25224 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25225
25226 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25227 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25228 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25229 server.
25230
25231 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25232
25233 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25234 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25235 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25236
25237 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25238
25239 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25240 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25241 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25242 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25243 Agent is plugged.
25244
25245 \(fn)" t nil)
25246
25247 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25248 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25249 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25250 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25251
25252 \(fn)" t nil)
25253
25254 ;;;***
25255 \f
25256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25257 ;;;;;; 586000))
25258 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25259
25260 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25261
25262 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25263 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25264 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25265 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25266 supported at a time.
25267 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25268 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25269
25270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25271
25272 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25273 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25274 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25275 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25276
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25278
25279 ;;;***
25280 \f
25281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25282 ;;;;;; 720000))
25283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25284
25285 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25286 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25287
25288 \(fn)" t nil)
25289
25290 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25291 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25292
25293 \(fn)" nil nil)
25294
25295 ;;;***
25296 \f
25297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21670 32331 885635
25298 ;;;;;; 586000))
25299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25300 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25301
25302 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25303 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25304
25305 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25306 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25307 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25308 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25309 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25310 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25311 of the current highlighting list.
25312
25313 For example:
25314
25315 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25316 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25317
25318 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25319 `_t' as data types.
25320
25321 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25322
25323 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25324 Major mode to edit SQL.
25325
25326 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25327 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25328 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25329
25330 \\{sql-mode-map}
25331 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25332
25333 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25334 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25335 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25336 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25337 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25338 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25339
25340 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25341 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25342
25343 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25344 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25345 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25346
25347 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25348 (lambda ()
25349 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25350
25351 \(fn)" t nil)
25352
25353 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25354 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25355
25356 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25357 their settings.
25358
25359 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25360 is specified in the connection settings.
25361
25362 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25365 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25366
25367 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25368 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25369
25370 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25371 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25372 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25373 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25374
25375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25376
25377 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25378
25379 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25380 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25381
25382 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25383 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25384 `*SQL*'.
25385
25386 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25387 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25388 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25389 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25390
25391 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25392 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25393
25394 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25395 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25396 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25397 buffer.
25398
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25405
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25407
25408 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25411 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25412
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 `*SQL*'.
25416
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25418 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25419 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25420 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25421
25422 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25424
25425 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25427 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25428 buffer.
25429
25430 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25431 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25432 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25433 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25434 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25435 `default-process-coding-system'.
25436
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25438
25439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25442 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25443
25444 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25445 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25446 `*SQL*'.
25447
25448 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25449 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25450
25451 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25452 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25453
25454 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25455 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25456 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25457 buffer.
25458
25459 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25460 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25461 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25462 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25463 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25464 `default-process-coding-system'.
25465
25466 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25467
25468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25469
25470 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25471 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25472
25473 SQLite is free software.
25474
25475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25477 `*SQL*'.
25478
25479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25480 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25481 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25482 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25483
25484 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25486
25487 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25489 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25490 buffer.
25491
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25498
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500
25501 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25502
25503 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25504 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25505
25506 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25507
25508 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25509 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25510 `*SQL*'.
25511
25512 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25513 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25514 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25515 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25516
25517 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25518 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25519
25520 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25521 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25522 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25523 buffer.
25524
25525 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25526 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25527 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25528 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25529 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25530 `default-process-coding-system'.
25531
25532 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25533
25534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25535
25536 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25537 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25538
25539 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25540 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25541 `*SQL*'.
25542
25543 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25544 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25545 defaults, if set.
25546
25547 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25548 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25549
25550 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25552 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25553 buffer.
25554
25555 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25556 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25558 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25559 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25560 `default-process-coding-system'.
25561
25562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25563
25564 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25565
25566 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25567 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25568
25569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25571 `*SQL*'.
25572
25573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25574 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25575
25576 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25577 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25578
25579 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25580 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25581 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25582 buffer.
25583
25584 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25585 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25586 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25587 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25588 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25589 `default-process-coding-system'.
25590
25591 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25592
25593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25594
25595 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25596 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25597
25598 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25599 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25600 `*SQL*'.
25601
25602 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25603 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25604 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25605 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25606
25607 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25608 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25609
25610 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25611 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25612 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25613 buffer.
25614
25615 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25616 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25617 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25618 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25619 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25620 `default-process-coding-system'.
25621
25622 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25623
25624 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25625
25626 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25627 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25628
25629 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25630 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25631 `*SQL*'.
25632
25633 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25634 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25635 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25636 `sql-postgres-options'.
25637
25638 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25639 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25640
25641 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25642 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25643 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25644 buffer.
25645
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25652 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25653 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25654
25655 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25656 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25657
25658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25659
25660 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25661
25662 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25663 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25664
25665 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25666 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25667 `*SQL*'.
25668
25669 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25670 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25671 defaults, if set.
25672
25673 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25675
25676 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25677 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25678 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25679 buffer.
25680
25681 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25682 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25683 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25684 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25685 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25686 `default-process-coding-system'.
25687
25688 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25689
25690 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25691
25692 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25693 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25694
25695 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25696 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25697 `*SQL*'.
25698
25699 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25700 automatic login.
25701
25702 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25703 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25704
25705 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25706 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25707 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25708 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25709
25710 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25712 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25713 buffer.
25714
25715 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25716 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25717 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25718 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25719 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25720 `default-process-coding-system'.
25721
25722 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25723
25724 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25725
25726 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25727 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25728
25729 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25730 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25731 `*SQL*'.
25732
25733 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25734 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25735 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25736 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25737 parameters.
25738
25739 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25740 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25741 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25742 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25743 an empty password.
25744
25745 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25746 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25747
25748 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25749 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25750 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25751 buffer.
25752
25753 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25754
25755 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25756
25757 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25758 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25759
25760 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25761
25762 ;;;***
25763 \f
25764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
25765 ;;;;;; 725000))
25766 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25767 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25768
25769 ;;;***
25770 \f
25771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25772 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25774
25775 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25776 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25777
25778 \(fn)" t nil)
25779
25780 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25781
25782 ;;;***
25783 \f
25784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
25785 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25787
25788 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25789 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25790 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25791 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25792 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25793 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25794 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25795 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25796 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25797 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25798 with any buffer
25799 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25800 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25801 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25802 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25803
25804 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25805
25806 ;;;***
25807 \f
25808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21670 32331 885635
25809 ;;;;;; 586000))
25810 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25814 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25815 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25816 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25817 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25818
25819 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25820
25821 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25824 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25825 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25826 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25827 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25828 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25829 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25830
25831 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25832
25833 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25834 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25835 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25836 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25837 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25838 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25839 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25840
25841 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25842
25843 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25844 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25845 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25846
25847 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25848
25849 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25850 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25851 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25852
25853 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25854
25855 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25856 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25857
25858 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25859
25860 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25861 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25862
25863 \(fn)" t nil)
25864
25865 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25866 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25867
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25869
25870 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25871 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25872 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25873 by command name.
25874 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25875
25876 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25877
25878 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25879 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25880 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25883 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25884
25885 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25886
25887 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25888 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25891 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25892
25893 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25894 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25895 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25896 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25897 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25898
25899 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25900 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25901 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25902 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25903
25904 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25905
25906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25907
25908 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25909 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25910 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25911 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25912
25913 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25914
25915 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25916 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25917
25918 \(fn)" t nil)
25919
25920 ;;;***
25921 \f
25922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
25923 ;;;;;; 42000))
25924 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25925
25926 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25927 Studlify-case the region.
25928
25929 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25930
25931 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25932 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25933
25934 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25935
25936 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25937 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25938
25939 \(fn)" t nil)
25940
25941 ;;;***
25942 \f
25943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
25944 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25945 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25946
25947 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25948
25949 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25950 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25952 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25953 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25954
25955 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25956 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25957 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25958 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25959
25960 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25961 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25962 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25963
25964 Nomenclature Subwords
25965 ===========================================================
25966 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25967 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25968 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25969
25970 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25971 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25972
25973 \\{subword-mode-map}
25974
25975 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25976
25977 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25978 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25979 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25980 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25981 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25982 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25983
25984 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25985
25986 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25987 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25988 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25989 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25990 ARG is omitted or nil.
25991
25992 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25993 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25994 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25995
25996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25997
25998 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25999 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26001 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26002 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26003
26004 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26005 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26006 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26007 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26008
26009 \\{superword-mode-map}
26010
26011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26012
26013 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26014 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26015 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26018 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26019
26020 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26021
26022 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26023 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26024 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26025 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26026 ARG is omitted or nil.
26027
26028 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26029 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26030 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26031
26032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26033
26034 ;;;***
26035 \f
26036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21670 32331
26037 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26039
26040 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26041 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26042 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26043 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26044 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26045 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26046 original message but it does require a few things:
26047
26048 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26049
26050 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26051 reply buffer.
26052
26053 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26054 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26055 original message.
26056
26057 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26058
26059 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26060
26061 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26062 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26063 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26064
26065 \(fn)" nil nil)
26066
26067 ;;;***
26068 \f
26069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26070 ;;;;;; 586000))
26071 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26072
26073 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26074
26075 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26076 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26077 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26080 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26081
26082 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26083
26084 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26085 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26089
26090 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26091 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26092 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26093
26094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26095
26096 ;;;***
26097 \f
26098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26099 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26100
26101 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26102 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26103 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26104 buffer.
26105
26106 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26107 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26108 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26109
26110 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26113 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26114 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26115 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26116 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26117 buffer.
26118
26119 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26120 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26121 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26122
26123 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26124
26125 ;;;***
26126 \f
26127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21670 32331 885635
26128 ;;;;;; 586000))
26129 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26130
26131 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26132 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26133 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26134
26135 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26136
26137 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26138 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26139
26140 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26141
26142 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26143 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26144
26145 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26146
26147 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26148 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26149
26150 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26151
26152 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26153 Insert an editable text table.
26154 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26155 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26156 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26157 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26158 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26159 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26160 delimiting them.
26161
26162 Examples:
26163
26164 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26165
26166 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26167 location of point.
26168
26169 -!-
26170
26171 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26172 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26173 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26174 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26175 first cell.
26176
26177 +-----+-----+-----+
26178 |-!- | | |
26179 +-----+-----+-----+
26180
26181 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26182
26183 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26184 width, which results as
26185
26186 +--------------+-----+-----+
26187 |-!- | | |
26188 +--------------+-----+-----+
26189
26190 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26191 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26192
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 | | |-!- |
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196
26197 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26198 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26199 width information to `table-insert'.
26200
26201 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26202
26203 instead of
26204
26205 Cell width(s): 5
26206
26207 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26208 work all together.
26209
26210 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26211 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26212
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26214 |-!- | | |
26215 | | | |
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217
26218 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26219
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 |-!- | | |
26222 | | | |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227
26228 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26229
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 | | | |
26232 | | | |
26233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 | | | |
26235 | | | |
26236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 -!-
26238
26239 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26240 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26241 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26242
26243 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 | | | |
26245 | | | |
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 | | | |
26248 | | | |
26249 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26250 |-!- | | |
26251 | | | |
26252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253
26254 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26255 results.
26256
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 | | | |
26259 | | | |
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26262 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26263 | | |expected results.-!- |
26264 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26265 | | | |
26266 | | | |
26267 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26268
26269 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26270
26271 \\{table-cell-map}
26272
26273 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26274
26275 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26276 Insert N table row(s).
26277 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26278 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26279 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26280 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26281
26282 \(fn N)" t nil)
26283
26284 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26285 Insert N table column(s).
26286 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26287 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26288 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26289 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26290
26291 \(fn N)" t nil)
26292
26293 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26294 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26295 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26296
26297 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26300 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26301 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26302 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26303 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26304 all the table specific features.
26305
26306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26309
26310
26311 \(fn)" t nil)
26312
26313 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26314 Recognize all tables within region.
26315 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26316 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26317 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26318 specific features.
26319
26320 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26321
26322 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26323
26324
26325 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26328 Recognize a table at point.
26329 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26330 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26331 the table specific features.
26332
26333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26336
26337
26338 \(fn)" t nil)
26339
26340 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26341 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26342 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26343 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26344 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26345 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26346 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26347
26348 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26349
26350 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26351
26352
26353 \(fn)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26356 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26357 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26358 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26359 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26360 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26361 specified.
26362
26363 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26364
26365 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26366 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26367 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26368 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26369 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26370 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26371 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26372 table structure.
26373
26374 \(fn N)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26377 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26378 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26379 table's rectangle structure.
26380
26381 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26382
26383 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26384 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26385 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26386 table's rectangle structure.
26387
26388 \(fn N)" t nil)
26389
26390 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26391 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26392 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26393 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26394 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26395
26396 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26397
26398 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26399 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26400 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26401
26402 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26403 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26404 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26405 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26406 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26407 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26408 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26409
26410 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26411 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26412 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26413 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26414 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26415 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26416 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26417
26418 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26419 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26420 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26421 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26422 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26423 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26424 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26425 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26426
26427 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26428
26429 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26430 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26431 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26432 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26433
26434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26435
26436 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26437 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26438 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26439
26440 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26443 Split current cell vertically.
26444 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26445
26446 \(fn)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26449 Split current cell horizontally.
26450 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26451
26452 \(fn)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26455 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26456 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26457
26458 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26459
26460 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26461 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26462 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26463 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26464
26465 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26466
26467 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26468 Justify cell contents.
26469 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26470 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26471 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26472 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26473
26474 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26477 Justify cells of a row.
26478 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26479 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26480
26481 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26482
26483 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26484 Justify cells of a column.
26485 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26486 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26487
26488 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26489
26490 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26491 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26492 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26493 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26494 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26495 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26496 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26497 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26498 run-time.
26499
26500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26501
26502 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26503 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26504 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26505 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26506 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26507 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26508 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26509 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26510 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26511 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26512 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26513
26514 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26515
26516 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26517 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26518 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26519 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26520 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26521 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26522 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26523 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26524 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26525 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26526 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26527 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26528 untouched.
26529
26530 References used for this implementation:
26531
26532 HTML:
26533 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26534
26535 LaTeX:
26536 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26537
26538 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26539 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26540 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26541
26542 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26543
26544 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26545 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26546 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26547 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26548 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26549 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26550 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26551 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26552 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26553 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26554 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26555 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26556 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26557 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26558 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26559 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26560 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26561
26562 Example:
26563
26564 (progn
26565 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26566 (table-forward-cell 15)
26567 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26568 (table-forward-cell 16)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26570 (table-forward-cell 1)
26571 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26572
26573 (progn
26574 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26575 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26576 (table-forward-cell 1)
26577 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26578
26579 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26580
26581 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26582 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26583 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26584 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26585 consists from cells of same height.
26586
26587 \(fn N)" t nil)
26588
26589 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26590 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26591 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26592 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26593 column must consists from cells of same width.
26594
26595 \(fn N)" t nil)
26596
26597 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26598 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26599 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26600 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26601 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26602 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26603 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26604 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26605 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26606 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26607 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26608 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26609 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26610 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26611 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26612
26613
26614 Example 1:
26615
26616 1, 2, 3, 4
26617 5, 6, 7, 8
26618 , 9, 10
26619
26620 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26621 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26622 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26623 specified as 5.
26624
26625 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26626 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26627 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26628 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26629 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26630 | | 9 | 10 | |
26631 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26632
26633 Note:
26634
26635 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26636 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26637 of each row is optional.
26638
26639
26640 Example 2:
26641
26642 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26643 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26644 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26645 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26646 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26647
26648 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26649 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26650
26651 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26652 expression and raw delimiter regular
26653 expression, it parses the specified text
26654 area and extracts cell items from
26655 non-table text and then forms a table out
26656 of them.
26657
26658 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26659 creates a single cell table. The text in
26660 the specified region is placed in that
26661 cell.-*-
26662
26663 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26664 like this.
26665
26666 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26667 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26668 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26669 | |
26670 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26671 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26672 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26673 | area and extracts cell items from |
26674 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26675 | of them. |
26676 | |
26677 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26678 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26679 | the specified region is placed in that |
26680 | cell. |
26681 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26682
26683 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26684 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26685 independently.
26686
26687 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26688 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26689 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26690 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26691 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26692 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26693 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26694 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26695 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26696 | |of them. |
26697 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26698 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26699 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26700 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26701 | |cell. |
26702 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26703
26704 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26705 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26706 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26707
26708 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26709
26710 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26711 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26712 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26713 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26714 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26715
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26717
26718 ;;;***
26719 \f
26720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26721 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26722
26723 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26724 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26725
26726 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26727
26728 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26729 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26730
26731 \(fn)" t nil)
26732
26733 ;;;***
26734 \f
26735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26736 ;;;;;; 752000))
26737 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26738
26739 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26740 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26741 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26742 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26743 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26744 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26745 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26746
26747 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26748 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26749 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26750 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26751
26752 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26753 \\{tar-mode-map}
26754
26755 \(fn)" t nil)
26756
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21670 32331 885635
26760 ;;;;;; 586000))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26762
26763 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26764 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26765 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26766 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26767 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26768 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26769
26770 Variables controlling indentation style:
26771 `tcl-indent-level'
26772 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26773 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26774 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26775
26776 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26777 documentation for details):
26778 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26779 Controls action of TAB key.
26780 `tcl-auto-newline'
26781 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26782 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26783 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26784 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26785 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26786
26787 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26788 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26789 already exist.
26790
26791 \(fn)" t nil)
26792
26793 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26794 Run inferior Tcl process.
26795 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26796 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26797
26798 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26799
26800 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26801 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26802 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26803
26804 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26805
26806 ;;;***
26807 \f
26808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21670 32331 385639
26809 ;;;;;; 720000))
26810 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26811
26812 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26813 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26814 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26815 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26816
26817 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26818 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26819 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26820 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26821 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26822
26823 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26824
26825 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26826 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26827 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26828 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26829
26830 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26831
26832 ;;;***
26833 \f
26834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26835 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26836
26837 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26838 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26839 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26840 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26841 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26842 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26843
26844 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26845
26846 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26847 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26848 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26849 commands to use in that buffer.
26850
26851 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26852
26853 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26854
26855 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26856 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26857
26858 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26859
26860 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26861 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26862 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26863 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26864 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26865 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26866 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26867 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26868 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26869 use in that buffer.
26870 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26871
26872 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26873
26874 ;;;***
26875 \f
26876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21670
26877 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
26878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26879
26880 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26881 Start coverage on function under point.
26882
26883 \(fn)" t nil)
26884
26885 ;;;***
26886 \f
26887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
26888 ;;;;;; 720000))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26890 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26891
26892 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26893 Play the Tetris game.
26894 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26895 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26896 as to form complete rows.
26897
26898 tetris-mode keybindings:
26899 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26900 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26901 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26902 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26903 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26904 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26905 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26906 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26907 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26908
26909 \(fn)" t nil)
26910
26911 ;;;***
26912 \f
26913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21670 32331
26914 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26915 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26916
26917 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26918 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26919
26920 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26921
26922 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26923 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26924 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26925 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26926 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26927
26928 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26929
26930 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26931 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26932 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26933 if it matches the first line of the file,
26934 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26939 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26940 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26941 if the variable is non-nil.")
26942
26943 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26944
26945 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26946 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26947
26948 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26949
26950 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26951 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26952 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26953 See the documentation of that variable.")
26954
26955 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26956
26957 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26958 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26959 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26960 See the documentation of that variable.")
26961
26962 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26963
26964 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26965 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26966 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26967 See the documentation of that variable.")
26968
26969 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26970
26971 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26972 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26973 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26974 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26975 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26976
26977 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26978
26979 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26980 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26981 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26982 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26983
26984 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26985
26986 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26987 User defined LaTeX block names.
26988 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26989
26990 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26991
26992 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26993 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26994 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26995 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26998
26999 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27000 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27001 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27002 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27003
27004 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27005
27006 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27007 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27008 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27009 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27010
27011 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27012 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27013 for example,
27014
27015 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27016 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27017
27018 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27019 use.")
27020
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27022
27023 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27024 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27025 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27026 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27027 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27028
27029 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27030
27031 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27032
27033 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27034 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27035 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27036
27037 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27038
27039 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27040 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27041 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27042 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27043 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27044
27045 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27046
27047 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27048 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27049
27050 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27051
27052 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27053 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27054
27055 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27056
27057 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27058 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27059 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27060 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27061 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27062 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27063 says which mode to use.
27064
27065 \(fn)" t nil)
27066
27067 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27068
27069 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27070
27071 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27072
27073 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27074 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27075 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27076 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27077 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27078
27079 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27080 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27081 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27082 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27083 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27084 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27085 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27086
27087 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27088 mismatched $'s or braces.
27089
27090 Special commands:
27091 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27092
27093 Mode variables:
27094 tex-run-command
27095 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27096 tex-directory
27097 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27098 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27099 tex-dvi-print-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27101 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27102 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27103 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27104 tex-dvi-view-command
27105 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27106 tex-show-queue-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27108 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27109
27110 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27111 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27112 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27113
27114 \(fn)" t nil)
27115
27116 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27117 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27118 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27119 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27120 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27121
27122 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27123 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27124 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27125 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27126 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27127 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27128 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27129
27130 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27131 mismatched $'s or braces.
27132
27133 Special commands:
27134 \\{latex-mode-map}
27135
27136 Mode variables:
27137 latex-run-command
27138 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27139 tex-directory
27140 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27141 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27142 tex-dvi-print-command
27143 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27144 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27145 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27146 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27147 tex-dvi-view-command
27148 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27149 tex-show-queue-command
27150 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27151 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27152
27153 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27154 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27155 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27156
27157 \(fn)" t nil)
27158
27159 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27160 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27161 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27162 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27163 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27164
27165 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27166 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27167 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27168 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27169 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27170 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27171 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27172
27173 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27174 mismatched $'s or braces.
27175
27176 Special commands:
27177 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27178
27179 Mode variables:
27180 slitex-run-command
27181 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27182 tex-directory
27183 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27184 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27185 tex-dvi-print-command
27186 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27187 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27188 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27189 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27190 tex-dvi-view-command
27191 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27192 tex-show-queue-command
27193 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27194 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27195
27196 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27197 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27198 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27199 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27200
27201 \(fn)" t nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27204
27205
27206 \(fn)" nil nil)
27207
27208 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27209 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27210
27211 \(fn)" t nil)
27212
27213 ;;;***
27214 \f
27215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21670 32331
27216 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27218
27219 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27220 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27221 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27222 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27223
27224 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27225 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27226 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27227
27228 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27229
27230 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27231 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27232 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27233 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27234 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27235
27236 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27237
27238 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27239 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27240 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27241 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27242
27243 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27244 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27245 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27246 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27247
27248 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27249 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27250
27251 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27252
27253 ;;;***
27254 \f
27255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21670 32331
27256 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
27257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27258
27259 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27260 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27261
27262 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27263
27264 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27265 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27266
27267 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27268
27269 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27270 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27271
27272 It has these extra commands:
27273 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27274
27275 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27276 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27277 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27278 modified version of TeX input format.
27279
27280 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27281 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27282 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27283 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27284
27285 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27286 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27287 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27288 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27289 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27290 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27291 in the Texinfo file.
27292
27293 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27294 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27295 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27296 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27297 move forward past the closing brace.
27298
27299 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27300 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27301
27302 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27303 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27304 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27305
27306 Here are the functions:
27307
27308 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27309 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27310 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27311
27312 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27313 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27314 texinfo-master-menu
27315
27316 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27317
27318 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27319 which menu descriptions are indented.
27320
27321 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27322 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27323 in the region.
27324
27325 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27326 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27327 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27328 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27329
27330 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27331 be the first node in the file.
27332
27333 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27334 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27335
27336 \(fn)" t nil)
27337
27338 ;;;***
27339 \f
27340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27341 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27342 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27343
27344 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27345 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27346 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27347 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27348
27349 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27350
27351 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27352 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27353
27354 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27355
27356 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27357 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27358
27359 \(fn)" t nil)
27360
27361 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27362
27363
27364 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27365
27366 ;;;***
27367 \f
27368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21670 32331 885635
27369 ;;;;;; 586000))
27370 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27371
27372 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27373 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27374 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27375 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27376 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27377 `line', and `page'.
27378
27379 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27380
27381 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27382 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27383 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27384 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27385 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27386 `line', and `page'.
27387
27388 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27389 valid THING.
27390
27391 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27392 positions of the thing found.
27393
27394 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27395
27396 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27397 Return the THING at point.
27398 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27399 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27400 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27401 `line', `number', and `page'.
27402
27403 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27404 strip text properties from the return value.
27405
27406 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27407 a symbol as a valid THING.
27408
27409 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27410
27411 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27412 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27413
27414 \(fn)" nil nil)
27415
27416 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27417 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27418
27419 \(fn)" nil nil)
27420
27421 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27422 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27423
27424 \(fn)" nil nil)
27425
27426 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27427 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27428
27429 \(fn)" nil nil)
27430
27431 ;;;***
27432 \f
27433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27434 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27435
27436 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27437 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27438
27439 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27440
27441 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27442 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27443 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27444 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27445
27446 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27447
27448 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27449 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27450
27451 \(fn)" t nil)
27452
27453 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27454 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27455
27456 \(fn)" t nil)
27457
27458 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27459
27460 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27461 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27462
27463 \(fn)" t nil)
27464
27465 ;;;***
27466 \f
27467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27468 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27469 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27470
27471 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27472 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27473 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27474
27475 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27478 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27479
27480 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27483 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27484 The returned string has no composition information.
27485
27486 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27489 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27490
27491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27494 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27495
27496 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27497
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27499 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27500 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27501 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27502
27503 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27504
27505 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27506 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27507 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27508 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27509
27510 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27511
27512 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27513 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27514 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27515
27516 \(fn)" t nil)
27517
27518 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27519 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27520 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27521
27522 \(fn)" t nil)
27523
27524 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27525
27526
27527 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27528
27529 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27530
27531
27532 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27533
27534 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27535
27536
27537 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27538
27539 ;;;***
27540 \f
27541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21695 35516
27542 ;;;;;; 595262 313000))
27543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27544 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27545
27546 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27547 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27548 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27549 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27550 parameters.
27551 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27552 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27553 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27554
27555 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27556
27557 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27558 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27559 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27560 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27561 parameters.
27562 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27563 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27564 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27565
27566 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27567
27568 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27569 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27570
27571 If
27572 * character before point is a space character,
27573 * character before that has “w” character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27574 constituent),
27575 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27576 characters) from before the space character, and
27577 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27578 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27579 return t.
27580
27581 Otherwise, if
27582 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27583 * character before point is a space character, and
27584 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27585 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27586 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27587
27588 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27589
27590 \(fn)" t nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27593 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27594
27595 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27596 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27597 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27598 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27599
27600 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27601 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27602 variable will be set to the representation.
27603
27604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27605
27606 ;;;***
27607 \f
27608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27609 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27610
27611 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27612 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27613
27614 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27615 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27616
27617 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27618 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27619 This display updates automatically every minute.
27620 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27621 are displayed as well.
27622 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27623
27624 \(fn)" t nil)
27625
27626 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27627 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27628 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27631 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27632
27633 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27634
27635 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27636 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27638 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27639 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27640
27641 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27642 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27643 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27644 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27645 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27646
27647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27648
27649 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27650 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27651 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27652 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27653
27654 \(fn)" t nil)
27655
27656 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27657 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27658 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27659 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27660
27661 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27662
27663 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27664 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27665
27666 \(fn)" t nil)
27667
27668 ;;;***
27669 \f
27670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21670
27671 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27673
27674 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27675 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27676 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27677
27678 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27679 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27680 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27681 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27682 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27683 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27684
27685 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27686 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27687
27688 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27689
27690 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27691 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27692
27693 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27696 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27697 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27698
27699 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27702 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27703 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27704 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27705
27706 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27707 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27708 DATE should be a date-time string.
27709
27710 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27711
27712 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27713 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27714 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27715
27716 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27717
27718 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27719 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27720
27721 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27722
27723 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27724 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27725
27726 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27727
27728 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27729 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27730 TIME should be a time value.
27731 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27732
27733 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27734
27735 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27736 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27737 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27738
27739 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27742 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27743 The valid format specifiers are:
27744 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27745 %d is the number of days.
27746 %h is the number of hours.
27747 %m is the number of minutes.
27748 %s is the number of seconds.
27749 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27750 %% is a literal \"%\".
27751
27752 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27753 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27754
27755 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27756 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27757 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27758
27759 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27760 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27761 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27762
27763 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27764
27765 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27766
27767 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27768 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27769
27770 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27771
27772 ;;;***
27773 \f
27774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21670 32331 885635
27775 ;;;;;; 586000))
27776 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27777 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27778 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27779 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27780 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27785
27786 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27787 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27788 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27789 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27790 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27791 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27792 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27793 look like one of the following:
27794 Time-stamp: <>
27795 Time-stamp: \" \"
27796 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27797 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27798 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27799 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27800 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27801 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27802 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27803 the template.
27804
27805 \(fn)" t nil)
27806
27807 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27808 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27809 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27810
27811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27812
27813 ;;;***
27814 \f
27815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21670
27816 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27818 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27819
27820 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27821 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27822 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27825 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27826
27827 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27830 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27831 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27832 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27833 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27834 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27835 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27836 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27837 display (non-nil means on).
27838
27839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27840
27841 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27842 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27843 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27844 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27845 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27846 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27847 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27848 this function is called within a day.
27849
27850 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27851 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27852 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27853 discover the name of the project.
27854
27855 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27856
27857 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27858 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27859 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27860 begun during the last time segment.
27861
27862 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27863 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27864 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27865 discover the reason.
27866
27867 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27868
27869 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27870 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27871 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27872 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27873 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27874
27875 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27876
27877 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27878 Change to working on a different project.
27879 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27880 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27881 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27882 working on.
27883
27884 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27885
27886 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27887 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27888 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27889
27890 \(fn)" nil nil)
27891
27892 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27893 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27894 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27895
27896 \(fn)" t nil)
27897
27898 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27899 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27900 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27901 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27902 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27903 \"relative to today\".
27904
27905 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27906
27907 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27908 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27909 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27910 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27911
27912 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27913
27914 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27915 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27916 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27917 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27918 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27919 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27920
27921 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27922
27923 ;;;***
27924 \f
27925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27926 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
27927 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27928
27929 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27930 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27931 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27932 the generated Quail package is saved.
27933
27934 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27935
27936 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27937 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27938 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27939 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27940 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27941 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27942 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27943
27944 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27945
27946 ;;;***
27947 \f
27948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27950 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27951 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27952
27953 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27954 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27955 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27956 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27957 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27958
27959 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27960 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27961 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27962
27963 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27966 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27967 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27968 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27969 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27970
27971 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27972
27973 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27974 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27975 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27976 in the menu in two ways:
27977 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27978 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27979 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27980
27981 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27982 keymap or an alist of alists.
27983 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27984 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27985
27986 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27987
27988 ;;;***
27989 \f
27990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21670
27991 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
27992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27993
27994 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27995 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27996
27997 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27998 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27999 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28000 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28001 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28002 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28003 file was last visited.
28004
28005 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28006 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28007 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28008 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28009 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28010 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28011 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28012 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28013 for the first item.
28014
28015 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28016 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28017 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28018 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28019 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28020 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28021 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28022 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28023
28024 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28025 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28026 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28027 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28028 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28029
28030 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28031 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28032
28033 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28036 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28037
28038 \\{todo-mode-map}
28039
28040 \(fn)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28043 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28044
28045 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28046
28047 \(fn)" t nil)
28048
28049 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28050 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28051
28052 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28053
28054 \(fn)" t nil)
28055
28056 ;;;***
28057 \f
28058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28059 ;;;;;; 586000))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28061
28062 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28063 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28064 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28065
28066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28067
28068 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28069 Add an item to the tool bar.
28070 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28071 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28072 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28073 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28074
28075 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28076 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28077 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28078 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28079
28080 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28081 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28082
28083 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28084
28085 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28086 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28087 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28088 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28089 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28090 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28091
28092 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28093 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28094 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28095 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28096
28097 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28098
28099 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28100 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28101 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28102 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28103 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28104 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28105 properties to add to the binding.
28106
28107 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28108
28109 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28110 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28111
28112 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28113
28114 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28115 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28116 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28117 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28118 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28119 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28120 properties to add to the binding.
28121
28122 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28123 holds a keymap.
28124
28125 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28126
28127 ;;;***
28128 \f
28129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28130 ;;;;;; 725000))
28131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28132
28133 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28134 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28135 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28136 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28137 to a tcp server on another machine.
28138
28139 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28140
28141 ;;;***
28142 \f
28143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28144 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28146
28147 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28148 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28149
28150 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28151
28152 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28153 Helper function to get internal values.
28154 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28155
28156 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28157
28158 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28159 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28160 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28161 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28162
28163 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28164 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28165 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28166 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28167 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28168
28169 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28170 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28171 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28172 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28173
28174 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28175
28176 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28177
28178 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28179 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28180 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28181 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28182
28183 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28184
28185 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28186
28187 ;;;***
28188 \f
28189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21704 50495 455324
28190 ;;;;;; 752000))
28191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28192
28193 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28194 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28195 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28196
28197 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28198
28199 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28200 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28201
28202 It can have the following values:
28203
28204 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28205 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28206
28207 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28208
28209 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28210 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28211 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28212 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28213
28214 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28215
28216 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28217 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28218 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28219 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28220
28221 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28222 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28223 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28224 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28225 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28226 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28227 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28228 files which are not really Tramp files.
28229
28230 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28231 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28232 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28233 updated after changing this variable.
28234
28235 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28236
28237 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28238 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28239 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28240 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28241
28242 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28243
28244 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28245 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28246 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28247 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28248
28249 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28250 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28251 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28252
28253 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28254 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28255 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28256 updated after changing this variable.
28257
28258 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28259
28260 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28261 Alist of completion handler functions.
28262 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28263 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28264 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28265
28266 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28267 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28268 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28269 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28270
28271 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28272 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28273 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28274
28275 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28276 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28277
28278 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28279 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28280
28281 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28282
28283 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28284
28285
28286 \(fn)" nil nil)
28287
28288 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28289 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28290
28291 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28292
28293 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28294 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28295
28296 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28297
28298 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28299 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28300
28301 \(fn)" t nil)
28302
28303 ;;;***
28304 \f
28305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28306 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28308
28309 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28310
28311
28312 \(fn)" nil nil)
28313
28314 ;;;***
28315 \f
28316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21670 32331 885635
28317 ;;;;;; 586000))
28318 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28319
28320 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28321 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28322 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28323 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28324 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28325 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28326 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28327 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28328
28329 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28330 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28331 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28332
28333 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28334 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28335 resumed later.
28336
28337 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28338
28339 ;;;***
28340 \f
28341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 54478
28342 ;;;;;; 300138 641000))
28343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28344
28345 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28346
28347
28348 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28349
28350 ;;;***
28351 \f
28352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21670
28353 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28355 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28356 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28357 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28358
28359 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28360 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28361 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28362 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28363 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28364 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28365 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28366
28367 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28368
28369 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28370 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28371 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28372 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28373
28374 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28375
28376 \(fn)" t nil)
28377
28378 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28379 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28380 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28381 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28382 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28383 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28384 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28385
28386 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28387 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28388
28389 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28390 \\___/\\
28391 / \\
28392 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28393
28394 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28395
28396 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28397
28398 ;;;***
28399 \f
28400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21670 32331 885635
28401 ;;;;;; 586000))
28402 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28403
28404 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28405 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28406 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28409 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28410
28411 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28412
28413 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28414 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28415 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28416
28417 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28418 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28419 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28420 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28421 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28422 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28423 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28424
28425 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28426 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28427
28428 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28429 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28430 reset the keystroke counter.
28431
28432 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28433 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28434 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28435 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28436
28437 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28438 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28439 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28440 `type-break-schedule' command.
28441
28442 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28443 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28444 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28445 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28446 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28447 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28448 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28449 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28450 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28451
28452 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28453 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28454 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28455 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28456 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28457
28458 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28459 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28460 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28461 approximate good values for this.
28462
28463 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28464 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28465
28466 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28467 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28468 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28469 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28470 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28471 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28472
28473 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28474 a typing break occur. They include:
28475
28476 `type-break-query-mode'
28477 `type-break-query-function'
28478 `type-break-query-interval'
28479
28480 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28481
28482 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28483 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28484 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28485 problems.
28486
28487 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28488
28489 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28490 Take a typing break.
28491
28492 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28493 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28494
28495 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28496 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28497
28498 \(fn)" t nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28501 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28502 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28503 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28504
28505 \(fn)" t nil)
28506
28507 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28508 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28509
28510 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28511 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28512 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28513 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28514 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28515 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28516 average typing speed.)
28517
28518 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28519 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28520 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28521 the computed maximum threshold.
28522
28523 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28524 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28525 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28526 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28527 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28528
28529 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28530
28531 ;;;***
28532 \f
28533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28535
28536 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28537 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28538 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28539 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28540 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28541
28542 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28543
28544 ;;;***
28545 \f
28546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28547 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28548 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28549
28550 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28551 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28552
28553 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28554
28555 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28556 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28557
28558 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28559
28560 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28561 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28562
28563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28564
28565 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28566 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28567
28568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28569
28570 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28571 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28572
28573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28574
28575 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28576 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28577
28578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28579
28580 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28581 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28582
28583 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28584
28585 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28586 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28587
28588 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28589
28590 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28591 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28592
28593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28594
28595 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28596 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28597
28598 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28599
28600 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28601 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28602
28603 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28604
28605 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28606 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28607
28608 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28609
28610 ;;;***
28611 \f
28612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28613 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28615
28616 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28617 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28618 Works by overstriking underscores.
28619 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28620 which specify the range to operate on.
28621
28622 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28623
28624 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28625 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28626 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28627 which specify the range to operate on.
28628
28629 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28630
28631 ;;;***
28632 \f
28633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28634 ;;;;;; 720000))
28635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28636
28637 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28638 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28639 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28640 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28641 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28642 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28643
28644 \(fn)" nil nil)
28645
28646 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28647 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28648 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28649
28650 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28651
28652 ;;;***
28653 \f
28654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28655 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28657
28658 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28659 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28660 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28661 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28662
28663 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28664
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28668 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28669
28670 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28671 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28672 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28673 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28674 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28675
28676 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28677 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28678 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28679 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28680 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28681 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28682
28683 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28684 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28685 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28686
28687 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28688 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28689 the callback is not called).
28690
28691 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28692 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28693 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28694 take effect.
28695
28696 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28697 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28698 the server.
28699 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28700 URL-encoded before it's used.
28701
28702 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28703
28704 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28705 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28706 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28707 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28708 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28709
28710 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28711
28712 ;;;***
28713 \f
28714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21670 32331 885635
28715 ;;;;;; 586000))
28716 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28717
28718 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28719 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28720 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28721
28722 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28723 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28724 `url-generic-parse-url'
28725 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28726 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28727 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28728 realm
28729 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28730 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28731 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28732 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28733 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28734 what type of auth to use
28735 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28736 if one cannot be found in the cache
28737
28738 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28739
28740 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28741 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28742
28743 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28744 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28745 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28746 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28747 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28748 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28749 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28750 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28751
28752 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28753
28754 ;;;***
28755 \f
28756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28757 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28758 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28759
28760 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28761 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28762
28763 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28764
28765 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28766 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28767 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28768
28769 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28770
28771 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28772 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28773
28774 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28775
28776 ;;;***
28777 \f
28778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
28779 ;;;;;; 586000))
28780 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28781
28782 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28783
28784
28785 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
28790 ;;;;;; 624000))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28792
28793 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28794 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28795 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28796
28797 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28800 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28801 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28802 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28803
28804 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28805 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28806 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28807 though.
28808
28809 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28810
28811 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28812 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28813 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28814
28815 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28816
28817 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28818
28819
28820 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28821
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
28825 ;;;;;; 586000))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28827
28828 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28829 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28830
28831 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28832
28833 ;;;***
28834 \f
28835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
28836 ;;;;;; 586000))
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28838
28839 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28840 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28841
28842 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28843
28844 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28845 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28846 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28847 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28848 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28849
28850 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28851 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28852
28853 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28854
28855 ;;;***
28856 \f
28857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21670
28858 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28860
28861 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28862 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28863 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28864 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28865 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28866 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28867
28868 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28869
28870 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28871 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28872 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28873 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28874 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28875
28876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28877
28878 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28879 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28880 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28881 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28882
28883 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28884
28885 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28886 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28887 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28888 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28889 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28890 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28891 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28892 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28893 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28894 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28895
28896 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28897
28898 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28899 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28900 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28901 accessible.
28902
28903 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28904
28905 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28906
28907
28908 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28909
28910 ;;;***
28911 \f
28912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21670 32331 885635
28913 ;;;;;; 586000))
28914 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28915 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28916
28917 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28918 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28919 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28920 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28921 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28922
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
28926 ;;;;;; 586000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28928
28929 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28930
28931
28932 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
28937 ;;;;;; 586000))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28939
28940 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28941 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28942 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28943 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28944 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28945
28946 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28947
28948 ;;;***
28949 \f
28950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
28951 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28952 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28953
28954 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28955
28956
28957 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28958
28959 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28960 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28961
28962 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28963
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
28967 ;;;;;; 586000))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28971 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28972
28973 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28974
28975 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28976 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28977
28978 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28979
28980 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28981
28982
28983 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28984
28985 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28986
28987 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28988
28989 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28990
28991 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28992 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28993
28994 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28995
28996 ;;;***
28997 \f
28998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
28999 ;;;;;; 586000))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29001
29002 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29003
29004
29005 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29006
29007 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29008
29009
29010 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29011
29012 ;;;***
29013 \f
29014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29015 ;;;;;; 586000))
29016 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29017
29018 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29019
29020
29021 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29022
29023 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29024
29025
29026 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29027
29028 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29029
29030
29031 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29032
29033 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29034
29035
29036 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29037
29038 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29039
29040
29041 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29042
29043 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29044
29045
29046 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29047
29048 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29049
29050
29051 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29052
29053 ;;;***
29054 \f
29055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29056 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29057 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29058
29059 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29060 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29061
29062 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29063
29064 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29065 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29066 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29067
29068 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29069 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29070 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29071 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29072 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29073 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29074 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29075 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29076 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29077 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29078 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29079 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29080 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29081 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29082
29083 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29084 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29085 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29086
29087 Here is an example. The URL
29088
29089 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29090
29091 parses to
29092
29093 TYPE = \"foo\"
29094 USER = \"bob\"
29095 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29096 HOST = \"example.com\"
29097 PORTSPEC = 42
29098 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29099 TARGET = \"nose\"
29100 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29101 FULLNESS = t
29102
29103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29104
29105 ;;;***
29106 \f
29107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29108 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29110
29111 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29112 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29113
29114 \(fn)" t nil)
29115
29116 ;;;***
29117 \f
29118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29119 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29121
29122 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29123 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29124 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29125 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29126 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29127 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29128
29129 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29130
29131 ;;;***
29132 \f
29133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29134 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29135 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29136
29137 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29138 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29139 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29140
29141 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29142
29143 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29144 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29145 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29146 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29147
29148 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29149
29150 ;;;***
29151 \f
29152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29153 ;;;;;; 586000))
29154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29155
29156 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29157 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29158 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29159
29160 If t, all messages will be logged.
29161 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29162 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29163
29164 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29165
29166 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29167
29168
29169 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29172
29173
29174 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29177 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29178 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29179 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29180 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29181 & ==> &amp;
29182 < ==> &lt;
29183 > ==> &gt;
29184 \" ==> &quot;
29185
29186 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29189 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29190 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29191
29192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29193
29194 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29195 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29196 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29197
29198 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29201 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29202
29203 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29206 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29207
29208 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29211 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29212
29213 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29214
29215 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29216
29217
29218 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29219
29220 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29221
29222
29223 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29224
29225 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29226
29227 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29228 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29229
29230 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29233 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29234
29235 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29238
29239
29240 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29243 Build a query-string.
29244
29245 Given a QUERY in the form:
29246 '((key1 val1)
29247 (key2 val2)
29248 (key3 val1 val2)
29249 (key4)
29250 (key5 \"\"))
29251
29252 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29253
29254 This will return a string
29255 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29256 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29257 be used.
29258
29259 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29260
29261 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29262 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29263
29264 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29265
29266 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29267 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29268 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29269 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29270 forbidden in URL encoding.
29271
29272 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29273
29274 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29275 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29276 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29277 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29278 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29279 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29280
29281 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29282 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29283 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29284 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29285
29286 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29289 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29290 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29291 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29292 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29293 should return it unchanged.
29294
29295 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29296
29297 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29298 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29299 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29300 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29301
29302 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29305 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29306 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29307
29308 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29309
29310 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29311 View the current document's URL.
29312 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29313 the minibuffer.
29314
29315 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29316
29317 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29318
29319 ;;;***
29320 \f
29321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21670 32331 885635
29322 ;;;;;; 586000))
29323 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29324
29325 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29326 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29327 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29328 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29329 to refrain from editing the file
29330 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29331 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29332 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29333 in any way you like.
29334
29335 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29336
29337 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29338 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29339 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29340 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29341 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29342
29343 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29344 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29345
29346 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29347
29348 ;;;***
29349 \f
29350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29351 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29353
29354 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29355
29356
29357 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29358
29359 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29360
29361
29362 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29365
29366
29367 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29368
29369 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29370
29371
29372 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29373
29374 ;;;***
29375 \f
29376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29378
29379 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29380 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29381
29382 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29383
29384 ;;;***
29385 \f
29386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21670 32331
29387 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29388 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29389
29390 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29391 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29392 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29393 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29394
29395 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29396
29397 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29398 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29399 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29400
29401 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29402
29403 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29404 Uudecode region between START and END.
29405 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29406
29407 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29408
29409 ;;;***
29410 \f
29411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
29412 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29413
29414 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29415 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29416 See `run-hooks'.")
29417
29418 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29419
29420 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29421 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29422 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29423
29424 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29425
29426 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29427 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29428 See `run-hooks'.")
29429
29430 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29431
29432 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29433 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29434 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29435 same state. If not, signal an error.
29436
29437 For merging-based version control systems:
29438 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29439 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29440 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29441 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29442 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29443 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29444
29445 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29446 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29447 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29448 the file(s) for editing.
29449 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29450 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29451 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29452 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29453 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29454
29455 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29458 Register into a version control system.
29459 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29460 Otherwise register the current file.
29461 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29462
29463 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29464 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29465 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29466 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29467 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29468 first backend that could register the file is used.
29469
29470 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29471
29472 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29473 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29474
29475 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29476
29477 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29478 Display diffs between file revisions.
29479 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29480 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29481 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29482
29483 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29484 saving the buffer.
29485
29486 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29487
29488 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29489 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29490 repository history using ediff.
29491
29492 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29493
29494 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29495 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29496 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29497 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29498 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29499
29500 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29501 saving the buffer.
29502
29503 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29504
29505 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29506 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29507 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29508 fileset with the working revision.
29509 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29510 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29511
29512 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29513 saving the buffer.
29514
29515 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29518 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29519 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29520
29521 \(fn)" nil nil)
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29524 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29525 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29526 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29527
29528 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29529
29530 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29531 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29532 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29533 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29534
29535 \(fn)" t nil)
29536
29537 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29538 Perform a version control merge operation.
29539 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29540 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29541 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29542 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29543
29544 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29545 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29546 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29547 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29548 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29549 changes from the current branch.
29550
29551 \(fn)" t nil)
29552
29553 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29554
29555 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29556 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29557 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29558 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29559 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29560 checked out in that new branch.
29561
29562 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29563
29564 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29565 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29566 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29567 named branch in the directory DIR.
29568 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29569 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29570 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29571 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29572 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29573 allowed and simply skipped).
29574
29575 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29576
29577 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29578 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29579 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29580 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29581 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29582
29583 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29584 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29585
29586 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29587
29588 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29589 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29590 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29591 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29592 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29593
29594 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29597 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29598 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29599
29600 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29601
29602 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29603 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29604 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29605
29606 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29607
29608 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29609 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29610
29611 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29612
29613 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29614 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29615 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29616 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29617
29618 \(fn)" t nil)
29619
29620 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29621
29622 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29623 Update the current fileset or branch.
29624 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29625 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29626 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29627 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29628
29629 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29630 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29631 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29632 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29633 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29634
29635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29636
29637 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29638
29639 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29640 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29641 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29642 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29643 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29644 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29645 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29646
29647 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29648
29649 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29650 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29651 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29652 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29653 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29654 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29655 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29656 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29657 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29658
29659 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29662 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29663 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29664 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29665
29666 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29667
29668 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29669 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29670 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29671 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29672
29673 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29674
29675 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29676 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29677 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29678 directory.
29679
29680 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29681
29682 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29683 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29684 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29685
29686 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29687 log entries should be gathered.
29688
29689 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29690
29691 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29692 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29693
29694 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29695
29696 ;;;***
29697 \f
29698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21670 32331
29699 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29700 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29701
29702 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29703 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29704
29705 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29706 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29707 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29708 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29709 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29710 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29711
29712 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29713 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29714 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29715 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29716 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29717 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29718 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29719 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29720
29721 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29722
29723 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29724
29725 Customization variables:
29726
29727 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29728 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29729 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29730 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29731 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29732 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29733
29734 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29735
29736 ;;;***
29737 \f
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21691 38459 74604
29739 ;;;;;; 918000))
29740 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29741
29742 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29743 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29744
29745 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29746 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29747 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29748 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29749 (progn
29750 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29751 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29752
29753 ;;;***
29754 \f
29755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21670 32331 885635
29756 ;;;;;; 586000))
29757 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29758 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29759 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29760 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29761 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29762 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29763 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29764
29765 ;;;***
29766 \f
29767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21694 14651 747488
29768 ;;;;;; 989000))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29770
29771 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29772 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29773 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29774 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29775 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29776
29777 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29778 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29779 The file lines appear later.
29780
29781 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29782 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29783
29784 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29785
29786 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29787
29788 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29789
29790 ;;;***
29791 \f
29792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21670
29793 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
29794 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29795
29796 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29797 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29798 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29799 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29800 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29801 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29802 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29803 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29804 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29805 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29806 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29807 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29808 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29809 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29810 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29811
29812 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29813
29814 ;;;***
29815 \f
29816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21670 32331 885635
29817 ;;;;;; 586000))
29818 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29819 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29820 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29821 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29822 (progn
29823 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29824 (vc-git-registered file))))
29825
29826 ;;;***
29827 \f
29828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
29829 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29830 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29831 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29832 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29833 (progn
29834 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29835 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29836
29837 ;;;***
29838 \f
29839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21670 32331 885635
29840 ;;;;;; 586000))
29841 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29842
29843 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29844 Name of the monotone directory.")
29845
29846 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29847 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29848 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29849 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29850 (progn
29851 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29852 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29853
29854 ;;;***
29855 \f
29856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21670 32331 885635
29857 ;;;;;; 586000))
29858 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29859
29860 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29861 Where to look for RCS master files.
29862 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29863
29864 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29865
29866 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29867
29868 ;;;***
29869 \f
29870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21670 32331 885635
29871 ;;;;;; 586000))
29872 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29873
29874 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29875 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29876 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29877
29878 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29879
29880 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29881
29882 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29883 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29884 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29885 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29886
29887 ;;;***
29888 \f
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21670 32331 885635
29890 ;;;;;; 586000))
29891 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29892
29893 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29894 Where to look for SRC master files.
29895 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29896
29897 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29898
29899 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29900
29901 ;;;***
29902 \f
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21688 62278 418203
29904 ;;;;;; 119000))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29906 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29907 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29908 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29909 "_svn")
29910 (t ".svn"))))
29911 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29912 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29913 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29914
29915 ;;;***
29916 \f
29917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
29918 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
29919 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29920 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29921 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29922
29923 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29924 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29925
29926 Usage:
29927 ------
29928
29929 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29930 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29931 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29932 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29933
29934 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29935 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29936 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29937 completions.
29938
29939 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29940 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29941
29942 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29943 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29944
29945 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29946 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29947 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29948
29949 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29950
29951
29952 Maintenance:
29953 ------------
29954
29955 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29956 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29957
29958 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29959
29960 Official distribution is at
29961 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29962
29963
29964 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29965 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29966
29967 Key bindings:
29968 -------------
29969
29970 \\{vera-mode-map}
29971
29972 \(fn)" t nil)
29973
29974 ;;;***
29975 \f
29976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29977 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
29978 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29979
29980 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29981 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29982 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29983 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29984 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29985
29986 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29987
29988 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29989 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29990
29991 Supports highlighting.
29992
29993 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29994 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29995
29996 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29997
29998 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29999 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30000 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30001 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30002 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30003 on the left side of your screen.
30004 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30005 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30006 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30007 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30008 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30009 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30010 function keyword.
30011 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30012 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30013 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30014 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30015 if (a)
30016 begin
30017 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30018 Indentation for case statements.
30019 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30020 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30021 mark after an end.
30022 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30023 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30024 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30025 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30026 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30027 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30028 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30029 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30030 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30031 if (a)
30032 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30033 otherwise you get:
30034 if (a)
30035 begin
30036 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30037 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30038 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30039 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30040 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30041 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30042 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30043 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30044 comments in tight quarters.
30045 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30046 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30047
30048 Variables controlling other actions:
30049
30050 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30051 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30052 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30053
30054 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30055
30056 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30057
30058 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30059 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30060 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30061
30062 Some other functions are:
30063
30064 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30065 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30066 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30067 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30068 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30069
30070 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30071 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30072 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30073 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30074
30075 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30106
30107 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30108 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30109
30110 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30111
30112 \(fn)" t nil)
30113
30114 ;;;***
30115 \f
30116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21670
30117 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30119
30120 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30121 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30122
30123 Usage:
30124 ------
30125
30126 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30127 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30128 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30129 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30130 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30131 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30132 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30133 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30134 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30135
30136 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30137 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30138 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30139 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30140
30141 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30142 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30143 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30144 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30145 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30146
30147 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30148 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30149
30150
30151 HEADER INSERTION:
30152 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30153 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30154 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30155
30156
30157 STUTTERING:
30158 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30159 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30160 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30161 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30162
30163 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30164 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30165 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30166 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30167 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30168
30169
30170 WORD COMPLETION:
30171 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30172 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30173 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30174 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30175
30176 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30177 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30178 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30179 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30180 beginning with \"std\").
30181
30182 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30183 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30184 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30185 stop.
30186
30187
30188 COMMENTS:
30189 `--' puts a single comment.
30190 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30191 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30192 with a comment in between.
30193 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30194 out following lines.
30195 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30196 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30197 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30198 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30199
30200 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30201 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30202 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30203 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30204 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30205 non-nil.
30206
30207 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30208 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30209 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30210 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30211 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30212 multi-line comments.
30213
30214
30215 INDENTATION:
30216 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30217 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30218 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30219 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30220 the entire region.
30221
30222 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30223 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30224 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30225 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30226
30227 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30228 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30229 and vice versa.
30230
30231 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30232 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30233
30234 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30235 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30236 line.
30237
30238
30239 ALIGNMENT:
30240 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30241 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30242 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30243 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30244 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30245 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30246 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30247 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30248
30249 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30250 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30251 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30252 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30253 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30254 is non-nil.
30255
30256 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30257 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30258 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30259
30260 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30261 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30262
30263
30264 CODE FILLING:
30265 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30266 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30267 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30268 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30269 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30270 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30271
30272
30273 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30274 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30275 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30276 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30277 command:
30278
30279 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30280
30281
30282 PORT TRANSLATION:
30283 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30284 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30285 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30286 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30287 internal signal initializations (menu).
30288
30289 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30290 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30291 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30292
30293 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30294 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30295 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30296 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30297 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30298 in subsequent paste operations.)
30299
30300 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30301 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30302 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30303
30304
30305 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30306 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30307 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30308 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30309 association list with formals).
30310
30311
30312 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30313 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30314 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30315 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30316 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30317 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30318 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30319 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30320 `vhdl-testbench'.
30321
30322
30323 KEY BINDINGS:
30324 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30325
30326
30327 VHDL MENU:
30328 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30329
30330
30331 FILE BROWSER:
30332 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30333 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30334 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30335
30336 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30337 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30338
30339
30340 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30341 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30342 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30343 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30344
30345 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30346 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30347 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30348
30349 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30350 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30351 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30352 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30353
30354 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30355 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30356 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30357 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30358 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30359
30360 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30361 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30362 required by secondary units.
30363
30364
30365 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30366 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30367 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30368 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30369 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30370 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30371 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30372 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30373 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30374 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30375 inputs to this component -> input port created
30376 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30377 outputs from this component -> output port created
30378 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30379 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30380
30381 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30382 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30383 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30384 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30385 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30386
30387 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30388 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30389
30390 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30391 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30392 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30393 component instantiation is also supported (option
30394 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30395
30396 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30397 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30398 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30399 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30400 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30401 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30402 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30403 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30404 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30405 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30406 generating the configuration.
30407
30408 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30409 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30410 configurations in speedbar.
30411
30412 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30413
30414
30415 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30416 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30417 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30418 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30419 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30420 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30421 information. New compilers can be added.
30422
30423 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30424 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30425
30426
30427 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30428 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30429 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30430 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30431 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30432
30433 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30434 command:
30435
30436 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30437 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30438 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30439
30440 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30441 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30442 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30443 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30444 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30445 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30446 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30447 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30448 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30449
30450 Limitations:
30451 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30452 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30453 not (yet) supported.
30454 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30455 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30456 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30457
30458
30459 PROJECTS:
30460 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30461 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30462 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30463 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30464 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30465 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30466 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30467 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30468
30469 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30470 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30471 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30472 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30473 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30474 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30475 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30476 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30477 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30478 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30479 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30480
30481
30482 SPECIAL MENUES:
30483 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30484 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30485 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30486 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30487 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30488 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30489 current directory for VHDL source files.
30490
30491
30492 VHDL STANDARDS:
30493 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30494 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30495
30496
30497 KEYWORD CASE:
30498 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30499 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30500 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30501 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30502 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30503 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30504 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30505 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30506
30507
30508 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30509 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30510 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30511 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30512 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30513 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30514 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30515
30516 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30517 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30518 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30519 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30520 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30521 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30522
30523 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30524 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30525 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30526 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30527 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30528 visually.
30529
30530 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30531 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30532 highlighted if written in lower case.
30533
30534 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30535 highlighted using a different background color if option
30536 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30537
30538 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30539 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30540 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30541 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30542 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30543
30544
30545 USER MODELS:
30546 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30547 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30548 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30549
30550
30551 HIDE/SHOW:
30552 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30553 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30554 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30555 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30556 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30557
30558
30559 CODE UPDATING:
30560 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30561 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30562 Limitations:
30563 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30564 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30565 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30566 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30567 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30568 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30569 (used to obtain the port names).
30570 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30571 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30572 sensitivity lists.
30573
30574
30575 CODE FIXING:
30576 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30577 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30578
30579
30580 PRINTING:
30581 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30582 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30583 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30584 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30585 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30586 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30587 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30588 printers.
30589
30590
30591 OPTIONS:
30592 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30593 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30594 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30595 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30596 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30597
30598 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30599 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30600 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30601 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30602 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30603 INSTALL file).
30604
30605 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30606 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30607
30608
30609 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30610 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30611 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30612 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30613
30614 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30615
30616
30617 HINTS:
30618 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30619 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30620
30621 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30622
30623 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30624
30625 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30626
30627
30628 RELEASE NOTES:
30629 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30630
30631
30632 Maintenance:
30633 ------------
30634
30635 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30636 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30637
30638 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30639
30640 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30641 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30642 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30643 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30644
30645 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30646 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30647 where the latest version can be found.
30648
30649
30650 Known problems:
30651 ---------------
30652
30653 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30654 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30655 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30656 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30657
30658
30659 The VHDL Mode Authors
30660 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30661
30662 Key bindings:
30663 -------------
30664
30665 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30666
30667 \(fn)" t nil)
30668
30669 ;;;***
30670 \f
30671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30672 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30673 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30674
30675 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30676 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30677
30678 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30679
30680 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30681 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30682 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30683 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30684
30685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30686
30687 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30688 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30689
30690 \(fn)" t nil)
30691
30692 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30693 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30694 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30695 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30696
30697 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30698
30699 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30700 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30701
30702 \(fn)" t nil)
30703
30704 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30705
30706
30707 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30708
30709 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30710
30711
30712 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30713
30714 ;;;***
30715 \f
30716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30717 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30718
30719 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30720 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30721 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30722
30723 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30724
30725 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30726 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30727 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30728 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30729
30730 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30731
30732 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30733 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30734
30735 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30736
30737 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30738 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30739 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30740 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30741 moving around in the buffer.
30742 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30743 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30744
30745 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30746
30747 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30748
30749 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30750 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30751 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30752 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30753
30754 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30755 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30756 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30757 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30758 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30759
30760 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30761
30762 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30765 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30766 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30767 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30768 buffer.
30769
30770 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30771 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30772 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30773 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30774 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30775
30776 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30777
30778 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30779
30780 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30781 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30782 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30783 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30784 moving around in the buffer.
30785 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30786 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30787
30788 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30789
30790 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30791 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30792 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30793
30794 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30795 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30796 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30797 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30798
30799 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30800 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30801 own View-like bindings.
30802
30803 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30804
30805 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30806 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30807 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30808 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30809 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30810 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30811 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30812
30813 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30814
30815 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30816
30817 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30818 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30819 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30820
30821 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30822 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30823 own View-like bindings.
30824
30825 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30826
30827 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30828 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30829 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30830 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30831 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30832 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30833 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30834
30835 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30836
30837 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30838
30839 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30840 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30841 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30842
30843 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30844 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30845 own View-like bindings.
30846
30847 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30848
30849 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30850 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30852 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30853 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30854
30855 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30856 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30857 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30858 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30859
30860 \\<view-mode-map>
30861
30862 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30863 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30864 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30865 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30866 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30867 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30868 to a repeat count of one.
30869
30870 H, h, ? This message.
30871 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30872 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30873 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30874 > move to the end of buffer.
30875 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30876 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30877 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30878 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30879 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30880 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30881 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30882 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30883 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30884 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30885 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30886 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30887 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30888 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30889 Use this to view a changing file.
30890 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30891 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30892 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30893 . set the mark.
30894 x exchanges point and mark.
30895 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30896 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30897 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30898 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30899 ' go to position saved in character register.
30900 s do forward incremental search.
30901 r do reverse incremental search.
30902 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30903 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30904 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30905 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30906 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30907 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30908 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30909 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30910 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30911 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30912 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30913 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30914 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30915 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30916 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30917 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30918 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30919
30920 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30921 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30922 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30923 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30924 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30925 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30926 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30927 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30928 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30929
30930 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30931
30932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30933
30934 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30935 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30936 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30937 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30938 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30939 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30940 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30941 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30942 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30943
30944 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30945
30946 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30947
30948 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30949 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30950 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30951 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30952 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30953 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30954
30955 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30956 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30957 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30958
30959 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30960
30961 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30962
30963 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30964
30965 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30966 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30967
30968 \(fn)" t nil)
30969
30970 ;;;***
30971 \f
30972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
30973 ;;;;;; 725000))
30974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30975 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30976
30977 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30978 Toggle Viper on/off.
30979 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30980
30981 \(fn)" t nil)
30982
30983 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30984 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30985
30986 \(fn)" t nil)
30987
30988 ;;;***
30989 \f
30990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21670
30991 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
30992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30993
30994 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30995 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30996 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30997 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30998 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30999 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31000 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31001 the beginning of the warning.")
31002
31003 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31004 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31005 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31006 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31007 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31008 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31009 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31010 also call that function before the next warning.")
31011
31012 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31013 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31014
31015 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31016 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31017 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31018 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31019
31020 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31021 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31022 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31023 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31024 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31025 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31026
31027 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31028 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31029 Default is :warning.
31030
31031 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31032 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31033 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31034 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31035 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31036 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31037
31038 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31039 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31040 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31041
31042 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31043
31044 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31045 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31046
31047 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31048
31049 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31050 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31051 \\<special-mode-map>
31052 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31053 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31054
31055 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31056 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31057 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31058 can be whatever you like.)
31059
31060 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31061 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31062
31063 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31064 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31065 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31066 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31067 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31068
31069 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31070
31071 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31072 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31073 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31074 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31075 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31076
31077 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31078
31079 ;;;***
31080 \f
31081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31082 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31083 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31084
31085 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31086 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31087 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31088 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31089 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31090 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31091 directories to reflect your edits.
31092
31093 See `wdired-mode'.
31094
31095 \(fn)" t nil)
31096
31097 ;;;***
31098 \f
31099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31100 ;;;;;; 720000))
31101 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31102
31103 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31104 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31105
31106 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31107 hotlist.
31108
31109 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31110 <nwv@acm.org>.
31111
31112 \(fn)" t nil)
31113
31114 ;;;***
31115 \f
31116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21670
31117 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
31118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31119 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31120 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31121
31122 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31123
31124 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31125 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31126 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31127 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31128 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31129 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31130
31131 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31132
31133 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31134 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31137 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31138
31139 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31140 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31141 in certain major modes.
31142
31143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31144
31145 ;;;***
31146 \f
31147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21670 32331 885635
31148 ;;;;;; 586000))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31150 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31151
31152 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31153 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31157
31158 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31159 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31160
31161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31162
31163 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31164 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31166 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31167 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31168
31169 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31170 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31171 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31172 use `whitespace-mode'.
31173
31174 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31175
31176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31177
31178 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31179 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31180 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31183 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31184
31185 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31186
31187 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31188 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31190 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31191 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31192
31193 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31194 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31195
31196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31197
31198 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31199 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31200 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31203 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31204
31205 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31206
31207 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31208 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31210 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31211 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31212
31213 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31214 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31215 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31216 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31217
31218 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31219
31220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31221
31222 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31223 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31224
31225 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31226 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31227
31228 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31229 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31230
31231 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31232
31233 CHAR MEANING
31234 (VIA FACES)
31235 f toggle face visualization
31236 t toggle TAB visualization
31237 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31238 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31239 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31240 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31241 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31242 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31243 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31244 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31245 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31246 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31247 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31248 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31249 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31250 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31251 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31252 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31253
31254 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31255 T toggle TAB visualization
31256 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31257 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31258
31259 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31260 ? display brief help
31261
31262 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31263 The valid symbols are:
31264
31265 face toggle face visualization
31266 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31267 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31268 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31269 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31270 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31271 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31272 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31273 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31274 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31275 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31276 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31277 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31278 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31279 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31280 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31281 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31282 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31283
31284 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31285 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31286 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31287
31288 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31289
31290 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31291
31292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31293
31294 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31295 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31296
31297 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31298 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31299
31300 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31301 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31302
31303 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31304
31305 CHAR MEANING
31306 (VIA FACES)
31307 f toggle face visualization
31308 t toggle TAB visualization
31309 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31310 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31311 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31312 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31313 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31314 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31315 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31316 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31317 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31318 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31319 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31320 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31321 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31322 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31323 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31324 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31325
31326 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31327 T toggle TAB visualization
31328 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31329 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31330
31331 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31332 ? display brief help
31333
31334 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31335 The valid symbols are:
31336
31337 face toggle face visualization
31338 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31339 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31340 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31341 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31342 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31343 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31344 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31345 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31346 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31347 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31348 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31349 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31350 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31351 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31352 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31353 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31354 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31355
31356 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31357 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31358 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31359
31360 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31361
31362 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31363
31364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31365
31366 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31367 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31368
31369 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31370 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31371 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31372 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31373 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31374
31375 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31376
31377 The problems cleaned up are:
31378
31379 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31380 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31381 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31382 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31383
31384 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31385 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31386 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31387 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31388 SPACEs.
31389 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31390 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31391 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31392 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31393
31394 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31395 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31396 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31397 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31398 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31399 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31400 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31401 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31402
31403 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31404 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31405 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31406
31407 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31408 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31409 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31410 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31411 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31412 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31413 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31414 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31415
31416 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31417 documentation.
31418
31419 \(fn)" t nil)
31420
31421 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31422 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31423
31424 The problems cleaned up are:
31425
31426 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31427 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31428 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31429 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31430 SPACEs.
31431 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31432 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31433 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31434 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31435
31436 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31437 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31438 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31439 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31440 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31441 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31442 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31443 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31444
31445 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31446 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31447 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31448
31449 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31450 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31451 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31452 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31454 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31455 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31456 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31457
31458 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31459 documentation.
31460
31461 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31462
31463 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31464 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31465
31466 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31467
31468 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31469
31470 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31471 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31472
31473 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31474 non-nil.
31475
31476 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31477 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31478 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31479
31480 empty
31481 trailing
31482 indentation
31483 space-before-tab
31484 space-after-tab
31485
31486 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31487 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31488 report problems.
31489
31490 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31491
31492 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31493 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31494 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31495 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31496 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31497 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31498 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31499
31500 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31501 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31502 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31503 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31504 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31505 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31506 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31507
31508 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31509 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31510 cleaning up these problems.
31511
31512 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31513
31514 ;;;***
31515 \f
31516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31517 ;;;;;; 586000))
31518 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31519
31520 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31521 Browse the widget under point.
31522
31523 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31524
31525 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31526 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31527
31528 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31529
31530 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31531 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31532
31533 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31534
31535 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31536 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31538 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31539 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31540
31541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31542
31543 ;;;***
31544 \f
31545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21670 32331 885635
31546 ;;;;;; 586000))
31547 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31548
31549 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31550 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31551
31552 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31553
31554 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31555 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31556 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31557
31558 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31559
31560 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31561 Create widget of TYPE.
31562 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31563
31564 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31565
31566 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31567 Delete WIDGET.
31568
31569 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31570
31571 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31572 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31573
31574 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31575
31576 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31577 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31578 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31579 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31580
31581 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31582 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31583
31584 \(fn)" nil nil)
31585
31586 ;;;***
31587 \f
31588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21670 32331 885635
31589 ;;;;;; 586000))
31590 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31591
31592 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31593 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31594 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31595 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31596 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31597 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31598 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31599
31600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31601
31602 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31603 Select the window above the current one.
31604 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31605 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31606 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31607 negative ARG) of the current window.
31608 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31609
31610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31611
31612 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31613 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31614 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31615 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31616 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31617 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31618 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31619
31620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31621
31622 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31623 Select the window below the current one.
31624 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31625 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31626 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31627 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31628 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31629
31630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31631
31632 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31633 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31634 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31635 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31636
31637 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31638
31639 ;;;***
31640 \f
31641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31642 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31643
31644 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31645 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31646 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31649 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31650
31651 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31652
31653 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31654 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31655 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31656 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31657 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31658 \\{winner-mode-map}
31659
31660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31661
31662 ;;;***
31663 \f
31664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31665 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31666 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31667
31668 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31669 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31670 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31671 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31672 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31673
31674 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31675
31676 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31677 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31678 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31679 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31680 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31681 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31682 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31683 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31684
31685 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31686 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31687
31688 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31689
31690 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31691 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31692
31693 \(fn)" t nil)
31694
31695 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31696 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31697 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31698 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31699 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31700 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31701 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31702 `woman' command for further details.
31703
31704 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31705
31706 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31707 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31708
31709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31710
31711 ;;;***
31712 \f
31713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
31714 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31715
31716 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31717 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31718 Return the top node with all its children.
31719 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31720
31721 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31722 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31723 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31724
31725 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31726
31727 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31728 namespace to URIs instead.
31729
31730 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31731 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31732
31733 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31734
31735 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31736
31737 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31738
31739 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31740 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31741 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31742 not contain well-formed XML.
31743
31744 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31745 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31746 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31747 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31748 element of the list.
31749 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31750 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31751 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31752
31753 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31754
31755 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31756 namespace to URIs instead.
31757
31758 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31759 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31760
31761 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31762
31763 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31764
31765 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31766
31767 ;;;***
31768 \f
31769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
31770 ;;;;;; 720000))
31771 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31772
31773 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31774 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31775 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31776 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31777 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31778 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31779 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31780 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31781 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31782 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31783
31784 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31785
31786 ;;;***
31787 \f
31788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21696 56380 925320
31789 ;;;;;; 624000))
31790 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31791
31792 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31793 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31794
31795 \(fn)" t nil)
31796
31797 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31798 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31799
31800 \(fn)" nil nil)
31801
31802 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31803 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31804 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31805 prompt for it.
31806
31807 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31808
31809 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31810 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31811
31812 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31813
31814 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31815 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31816
31817 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31818
31819 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31820 Find references to the identifier at point.
31821 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31822
31823 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31824
31825 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31826 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31827 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31828
31829 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31830 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31831 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31832 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31833 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31834 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31835
31836 ;;;***
31837 \f
31838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31839 ;;;;;; 586000))
31840 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31841
31842 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31843 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31844 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31847 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31848
31849 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31850
31851 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31852 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31855 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31856
31857 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31858 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31859 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31860 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31861 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31862 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31863
31864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31865
31866 ;;;***
31867 \f
31868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (21710 2878 794621 967000))
31869 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
31870
31871 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
31872 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
31873 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session. URL
31874 defaults to the string looking like a url around the cursor position.
31875
31876 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
31877
31878 ;;;***
31879 \f
31880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
31881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31882
31883 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31884 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31885
31886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31887
31888 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31889 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31890
31891 \(fn)" nil nil)
31892
31893 ;;;***
31894 \f
31895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
31896 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31897
31898 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31899 Zone out, completely.
31900
31901 \(fn)" t nil)
31902
31903 ;;;***
31904 \f
31905 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-parallel/parallel-remote.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "emacs-parallel/parallel-xwidget.el" "emacs-parallel/parallel.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21710 3276 42011
32114 ;;;;;; 943000))
32115
32116 ;;;***
32117 \f
32118 (provide 'loaddefs)
32119 ;; Local Variables:
32120 ;; version-control: never
32121 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32122 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32123 ;; coding: utf-8
32124 ;; End:
32125 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here